{"title":"Mobility Scooters","description":"\u003cp\u003eExplore mobility scooters for everyday outings, compact travel scooters, recreational models and the accessories that help you get out with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop by type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mobility-scooters\"\u003emobility scooters\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mobility-scooters-compact-and-travel\"\u003etravel and compact scooters\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/golf-carts-recreational-scooters\"\u003egolf carts and recreational scooters\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mobility-scooter-accessories\"\u003escooter accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/veehop-and-kaaspeed-accessories\"\u003eVeehop and KaaSpeed accessories\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/spare-parts\"\u003espare parts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvice Hub:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start with our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/mobility-scooter-buying-guide\"\u003eMobility Scooter Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e, read the \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/mobility-scooter-safety-guide-nz\"\u003eNZ Mobility Scooter Safety Guide\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare options for \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/mobility-scooter-hills-rough-terrain-nz\"\u003ehills and rougher terrain\u003c\/a\u003e. Every mobility scooter purchased through MoveSmart includes a complimentary 3-year AA Mobility Care Membership.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cruiser-vl2000-golf-cart","title":"Cruiser VL2000 Golf Cart","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCruiser VL2000 Stand-On Electric Golf Cart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCruiser VL2000\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stand-on electric golf cart designed to move the golfer and their bag around the course together. Instead of walking behind a powered trolley or using a full-size seated golf cart, the player stands on a wide platform and rides directly between shots, keeping clubs, controls and course travel together in one compact vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwin hub motors, electromagnetic braking, 10-inch all-terrain tyres and selectable \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h or 20 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e speed settings give the VL2000 enough performance for normal golf-course travel, while a secure rear bag platform keeps a compatible golf bag upright and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Different Way to Get Around the Course\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe VL2000 sits between a powered golf trolley and a conventional two-seat golf cart. It carries the golfer rather than making them walk behind their clubs, but its narrow stand-on format is much smaller and more individual than a full-size buggy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat can appeal to golfers who still want an active, open-air round but would prefer to reduce the amount of walking between shots. It can also make moving from ball to ball quicker, particularly on longer courses where the distance covered over 18 holes adds up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWide Standing Platform and Simple Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe textured deck provides a broad standing area for the rider, with the steering controls positioned at the front. Two speed settings allow the cart to be limited to \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e or run up to \u003cstrong\u003e20 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e where course conditions and local rules allow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED display keeps the main information visible while riding, including speed, distance and battery level. As with any powered vehicle, slower speeds are sensible around other golfers, tight paths, slopes and wet or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwin Hub Motors and Electromagnetic Braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwin hub motors drive the VL2000, providing smooth electric propulsion without a conventional petrol drivetrain. Electromagnetic braking helps slow and hold the cart without relying on a purely mechanical hand-brake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 10-inch all-terrain tyres are designed for typical course surfaces, but course conditions vary significantly. Wet grass, steep slopes and soft ground can affect traction, stability and range, so the cart should always be operated to suit the terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry Your Golf Bag on the Cart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA solid metal rear base supports the bottom of the golf bag, while an adjustable strap secures it higher up. This keeps the clubs behind the rider and allows quick access at each shot without needing a separate trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe setup is intended for a compatible golf bag and sensible golf equipment rather than general heavy cargo. The load should be secured so it cannot move into the wheels or interfere with steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRange for Multiple Rounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery range is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45–60 km per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e, with charging taking around \u003cstrong\u003efour hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. That gives ample distance for normal golf-course use, although actual range changes with rider and bag weight, gradients, speed, surface conditions, temperature and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any electric vehicle, it is better to finish a round with useful battery reserve than to plan around the maximum possible distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptional Seat and Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard VL2000 is a \u003cstrong\u003estand-on cart\u003c\/strong\u003e, but a compatible clip-on seat with storage is available separately for players who want the option to sit during parts of a round. An umbrella-pole attachment is also available as a separate accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese accessories allow the cart to be tailored to the golfer without changing the core vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin hub motors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h and 20 km\/h selectable speed settings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED display showing speed, distance and battery level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 45–60 km battery range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 4-hour charging time\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-inch all-terrain tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide textured standing platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure adjustable golf-bag strap and solid metal bag base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional clip-on seat with storage available separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional umbrella-pole attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoveSmart variants in \u003cstrong\u003eWhite and Black\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ci9Wlm2CSbM?si=vedAEOfaO9xlUTDn\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/hJslgFLSxF8?si=gSW2eWnR2retZ5NE\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the Cruiser VL2000 Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe VL2000 makes most sense for a golfer who wants to reduce course walking but does not necessarily want a conventional seated golf cart. It keeps the rider close to the game, is relatively compact on the course and carries the bag as part of the same vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is a stand-on powered vehicle, balance, confidence and the ability to step on and off the platform safely are important. If standing while riding is not suitable, a conventional seated golf cart may be a better choice even though an optional VL2000 seat exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Cruiser VL2000 a seated golf cart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard VL2000 is a stand-on electric golf cart. An optional clip-on seat is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat speed settings are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cart provides selectable 15 km\/h and 20 km\/h settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on a charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 45–60 km per charge. Real-world distance varies with rider and bag weight, terrain, gradients, speed, temperature and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does charging take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCharging takes approximately four hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system is used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe VL2000 uses electromagnetic braking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the LED display show?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpeed, distance and battery-level information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 10-inch all-terrain tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the golf bag carried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA solid rear bag base and adjustable retaining strap secure a compatible golf bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite and Black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a seat be added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A compatible clip-on seat with storage is available as an optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an umbrella attachment available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An umbrella-pole attachment is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on public roads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not assume road legality. The VL2000 is primarily intended for suitable private and golf-course use; check local requirements before any other use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery across New Zealand. Because this is a larger powered product, contact us if you would like to discuss delivery, setup or whether the VL2000 is the right golf-cart style for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin hub motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpeed settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 km\/h and 20 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45–60 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharge time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 4 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectromagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-inch all-terrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed, distance and battery level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite; Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Golf Distributors","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":41717253865547,"sku":"GF-VL2000-W","price":4899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":41717253898315,"sku":"GF-VL2001-B","price":4899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/4602de3f-e674b4_c16aad367cec4f88aeea490399738452_mv2.png?v=1788565786"},{"product_id":"merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter","title":"Merits Yoga Portable Travel Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Yoga Portable Travel Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Yoga Portable Travel Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact folding scooter designed for travel, vehicle transport and everyday use where storage space matters. Its lightweight alloy frame, folding seat and adjustable steering column collapse into a compact unit that can be stored upright or placed in the included travel carry case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Yoga supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e114 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e6.4 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has a stated maximum range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\u003c\/strong\u003e. A 24V 11.5Ah lithium-ion battery, electromagnetic braking and corner-speed reduction support controlled everyday driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable travel design\u003c\/strong\u003e for compact storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26 kg net scooter weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e114 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24V 11.5Ah lithium-ion battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 18 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 6.4 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorner-speed reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e for added control while turning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable seat and steering column\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-inch front and 7-inch rear foam-filled tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded travel carry case\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed finish\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Merits S542 Yoga Portable Scooter Owners Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Merits_Yoga_Owners_Manual.pdf?v=1756339550\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMerits S542 Yoga Portable Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Merits Yoga?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Yoga suits users who prioritise portability over the size and range of a full-size scooter. It folds into a compact package, uses a removable lithium-ion battery and remains light enough for travel situations where a conventional mobility scooter would be difficult to transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/B0cs5WhRKB0?si=9i-fT-azXNeHAzhh\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Scooter for Real-World Journeys\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMerits Yoga Portable Travel Scooter should be considered in the context of the trips it will make most often. Think about typical distance, gradients, footpaths, kerbs, storage and access at home, as well as whether the scooter will need to be loaded into a vehicle. Published range figures are useful for comparison, but actual distance varies with user weight, terrain, temperature, tyre condition and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat position and control reach should allow a relaxed, secure driving posture with clear forward visibility. Before committing to a scooter, check the overall dimensions against gates, ramps and storage areas and arrange a trial where possible. A regular charging routine, tyre checks and scheduled servicing help keep the scooter dependable for day-to-day travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Yoga supports users up to 114 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the scooter weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe net scooter weight is approximately 26 kg. The current NZ specification lists approximately 31 kg when packed in the travel case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 6.4 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated maximum range is up to 18 km per charge. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a rechargeable 24V 11.5Ah lithium-ion battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame, steering column and seat fold into a compact unit for storage and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a travel case included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The current NZ distributor specification includes a travel carry case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front wheels are 6-inch foam-filled tyres and the rear wheels are 7-inch foam-filled tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 960 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it slow automatically in corners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A corner-speed reduction system helps control speed while turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have electromagnetic brakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Yoga uses electromagnetic braking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a mobility scooter battery be taken on an aircraft?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAirline requirements vary. Always confirm acceptance, battery documentation and packing requirements directly with the airline before travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a user manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Yoga owner’s manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMMS-S542-WR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated maximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 80W rated \/ 250W max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V 11.5Ah lithium-ion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm wide × 990 mm long × 1040 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-inch foam-filled tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-inch foam-filled tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight in travel case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849283147,"sku":"GF-MERITSYOGA","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/3755eee6-e674b4_60eeddd93ec642879258ddb813306d93_mv2.png?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"merits-roadster-mobility-scooter","title":"Merits Roadster Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Roadster Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Roadster Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the straightforward mid-size all-rounder in MoveSmart's Merits range. It combines a roomy driving position, adjustable seat and tiller, strong 75Ah batteries and automatic speed reduction in turns without the size and complexity of the larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-urban-mobility-scooter\"\u003eUrban\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-cross-country-mobility-scooter\"\u003eCross Country\u003c\/a\u003e models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Roadster supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e159 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Roadster Fits in the Merits Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter\"\u003eYoga\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact folding travel scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003eRoadster\u003c\/strong\u003e is the value-focused mid-size everyday model. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-indigo-mobility-scooter\"\u003eIndigo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a more sophisticated LCD dashboard and additional storage. The \u003cstrong\u003eUrban\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to 182 kg capacity, larger 14-inch wheels and up to 56 km range, while the \u003cstrong\u003eCross Country\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity outdoor\/twin-seat model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Roadster when you want a substantial everyday scooter with good legroom and battery capacity but do not need the extra size, carrying capacity or technology of the larger Merits models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e11-Inch Tyres and Ground Clearance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Roadster uses \u003cstrong\u003e11-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e and has approximately \u003cstrong\u003e95 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e75Ah Batteries and 45 km Stated Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e12V 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e support a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\u003c\/strong\u003e. Actual range varies with user weight, gradients, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating and Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-back seat swivels and adjusts in height, while the tiller and armrests can also be adjusted to suit the user. Adjustable suspension helps smooth normal path and road irregularities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic Turn-Speed Reduction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn automatic half-speed turning sensor reduces speed in corners to assist with control. Electromagnetic braking, LED lighting and indicators complete the everyday safety equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e159 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to approximately 45 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 95 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic half-speed turning sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable high-back swivel seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable steering column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting and indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront carry basket and generous foot space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Roadster_Owners_Manual.pdf?v=1756197729\" title=\"Merits S745B Roadster Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMerits S745B Roadster Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Merits Roadster best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a comfortable mid-size everyday scooter with strong battery capacity and straightforward controls, without moving to a larger heavy-duty model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Roadster different from the Indigo?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are mid-size scooters, but the Indigo places more emphasis on its LCD dashboard and additional lockable storage. The Roadster is the simpler value-focused all-rounder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Urban?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Urban is larger and more powerful, with 182 kg capacity, 14-inch wheels and up to 56 km stated range. The Roadster is the more compact, lower-cost mid-size choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 12 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 45 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 75Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 24V DC motor rated at 400W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 11-inch pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 95 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1850 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it slow automatically when turning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The high-back seat swivels and is height adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently lists Ocean Blue, Gold, Tuscan Red, Midnight Blue and Fairway Green variants, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS745B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 45 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 400W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 75Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 640 mm wide x 1400 mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOcean Blue, Gold, Tuscan Red, Midnight Blue, Fairway Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Ocean Blue","offer_id":42480781787211,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-OB","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":41676850462795,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-G","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tuscan Red","offer_id":41676850495563,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-TR","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":41676850528331,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-MB","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fairway Green","offer_id":42480781754443,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-FG","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Merits_Roadster_Ocean_Blue.jpg?v=1779423863"},{"product_id":"merits-cross-country-mobility-scooter","title":"Merits Cross Country Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Cross Country Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Cross Country Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity outdoor model in MoveSmart's Merits range. It is built for users who need a substantial four-wheel scooter with a \u003cstrong\u003e227 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, independent suspension, 14-inch pneumatic tyres and the option of either a single or twin seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e650W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e and 160A controller provide the drivetrain, while the wide wheelbase and suspension on all four wheels make the Cross Country better suited to longer outdoor journeys and suitable uneven surfaces than a compact or mid-size scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Cross Country Fits in the Merits Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter\"\u003eYoga\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-roadster-mobility-scooter\"\u003eRoadster\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-indigo-mobility-scooter\"\u003eIndigo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e are mid-size everyday scooters. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-urban-mobility-scooter\"\u003eUrban\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range all-round community model. The \u003cstrong\u003eCross Country\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity outdoor choice, particularly where a 227 kg user rating or twin-seat option is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Cross Country when carrying capacity, suspension and outdoor stability matter more than compact dimensions. Its overall size and turning circle mean it needs more room to manoeuvre and store than the smaller Merits scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIndependent Suspension and 14-Inch Pneumatic Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndependent front and rear suspension, with shock absorption at all four wheels, works with \u003cstrong\u003e14-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide cushioning on suitable outdoor surfaces. Pneumatic tyres generally give a softer ride than solid tyres, but they also require normal pressure checks and can puncture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e15 km\/h Maximum Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country has a maximum speed of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it a higher cruising speed than many conventional mobility scooters while retaining the substantial chassis, suspension and carrying capacity expected from this heavy-duty model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e50 km Stated Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country is listed with a maximum travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e50 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with user weight, passenger load where applicable, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSingle-Seat and Twin-Seat Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries both single-seat and twin-seat configurations. The twin-seat option is intended for users who specifically need side-by-side seating and have sufficient storage and manoeuvring space for the wider setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter's overall maximum load remains important; do not assume the twin-seat version doubles the rated carrying capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e227 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed approximately 15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e650W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with 160A controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent front and rear suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with shock absorbers on all four wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to approximately 50 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic half-speed turning sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable seat and tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully adjustable armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard storage and large front basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-seat and twin-seat options\u003c\/strong\u003e through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Cross_Country_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756198480\" title=\"Merits S344A Cross Country Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMerits S344A Cross Country Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/VxVyUdu7j2E?si=WKN06ABwhwNy3r6X\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Merits Cross Country best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a high-capacity outdoor mobility scooter with substantial suspension, large pneumatic tyres and more carrying capability than a typical mid-size scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Merits Urban?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country has the higher 227 kg user rating and a twin-seat option. The Urban is a newer single-seat all-rounder with a 182 kg rating and up to 56 km stated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e227 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 15 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 50 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 24V DC motor rated at 650W, with a 160A controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e14-inch pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Independent front and rear suspension with shock absorbers on all four wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1670 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it slow automatically in turns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An automatic half-speed turning sensor reduces speed in corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre single and twin seats available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart carries both configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent MoveSmart variants are Maroon and Navy, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS344A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e227 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 50 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 650W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 710 mm wide x 1520 mm long x 1350 mm high (single-seat configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaroon or Navy; Single Seat or Twin Seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Maroon \/ Single Seat","offer_id":41676850626635,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-M-SS","price":7990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maroon \/ Twin Seat","offer_id":41676850561099,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-M-TS","price":8990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ Single Seat","offer_id":41676850659403,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-N-SS","price":7990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ Twin Seat","offer_id":41676850593867,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-N-TS","price":8990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/5e3b1d44-e674b4_0427c98a8d764b6e98aac3762b33bea0_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"8a-smart-charger","title":"8A Smart Charger","description":"\u003ch2\u003e8A Smart Charger for Mobility Scooters and Powerchairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e8A Smart Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is a higher-output replacement battery charger for compatible mobility scooters and powerchairs using supported gel or lead-acid battery systems. It runs from a standard 240V mains supply and delivers an 8 amp charging output, making it suitable for larger compatible battery packs where that charge rate is approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoosing a charger is about matching the full electrical specification, not simply picking the highest amp rating. Battery chemistry, battery-pack voltage, connector, polarity and the permitted charging current all need to match the scooter or powerchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen an 8A Charger Makes Sense\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn 8 amp charger can reduce charging time on larger compatible battery packs compared with a lower-output charger, but only where the battery system and mobility device are designed to accept that rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the original charger was lower rated, do not assume an 8A replacement is automatically suitable. The correct choice is the charger that matches the equipment and battery requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmart Charging and Fan Cooling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger manages the charging cycle automatically rather than applying one uncontrolled fixed current throughout the entire charge. A built-in cooling fan helps manage heat while the charger is operating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the charger in a dry, ventilated area and do not use it if the casing, cable, mains lead or connector is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 amp charging output\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V mains input\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible gel and lead-acid battery systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart charging function manages the charging cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-cooled design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for compatible mobility scooters and powerchairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell suited to larger compatible battery packs where 8A charging is permitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck Compatibility Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery chemistry alone is not enough to confirm charger compatibility. The scooter or powerchair must also support the charger's output, battery-pack voltage, connector and charging method. Check the equipment or existing charger specification before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the charging output?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger is rated at 8 amps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat mains supply does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger is designed for 240V mains input.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery chemistries is it intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for compatible gel and lead-acid battery systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it charge lithium batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not use it with lithium batteries unless the battery and equipment documentation specifically confirms compatibility. This listing is for gel and lead-acid systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. Connector type, battery-pack voltage and permitted charge rate must all match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every powerchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Confirm the chair's battery and charger requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose 8A instead of 5A?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn 8A charger provides a higher charging current, but it should only be used where the battery system and equipment are designed to accept that rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a cooling fan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The charger uses fan cooling during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does smart charging mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger automatically manages stages of the charging cycle rather than supplying a fixed uncontrolled current continuously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be left connected indefinitely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the mobility device and battery instructions. Do not assume indefinite connection is appropriate unless the equipment documentation permits it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I compare with my old charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck battery chemistry, pack voltage, output current, connector type and polarity, plus any model-specific charger requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould a damaged charger be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Do not use the charger if the case, cable, connector or mains lead is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 8A Smart Charger available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This charger is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupported chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible gel and lead-acid systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan cooled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm pack voltage, connector and equipment charge specification before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852232267,"sku":"AMW-8ASMRTCHG","price":290.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/8c85a2a3-e674b4_d4d0cf16922243f29a1f6f0087ee702e_mv2.webp?v=1754901814"},{"product_id":"5a-smart-charger","title":"5A Smart Charger","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5A Smart Charger for Mobility Scooters and Powerchairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e5A Smart Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement battery charger for compatible mobility scooters and powerchairs using supported gel or lead-acid battery systems. It runs from a standard 240V mains supply and delivers a 5 amp charging output, making it suitable for many mobility devices where that charge rate is approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA replacement charger needs to match more than the plug shape. Battery chemistry, battery-pack voltage, connector, polarity and permitted charging current all need to be compatible with the scooter or powerchair before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does a 5A Charger Suit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 5 amp charger is commonly used with medium-size mobility battery packs where a steady charging rate is preferred. It can be a good replacement option when the original charger is also rated around 5A, but the electrical specifications should always be checked rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your mobility device originally came with a different charge rate, use the charger recommended for that battery system. A higher-amp charger is not automatically better and may be unsuitable for some batteries or controllers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmart Charging and Cooling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger manages the charging cycle automatically rather than applying one uncontrolled fixed current throughout the entire charge. A built-in cooling fan helps manage heat while the charger is operating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any mobility battery charger, keep it in a dry, ventilated area during use and do not operate it if the case, lead or connector is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 amp charging output\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V mains input\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible gel and lead-acid battery systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart charging function manages the charging cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-cooled design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for compatible mobility scooters and powerchairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful as a replacement charger where the electrical specification matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck Compatibility Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm the battery chemistry, battery-pack voltage, connector, polarity and permitted charging current for the scooter or powerchair. A charger should not be selected only by its amp rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the charging output?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger is rated at 5 amps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat mains input does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charger is designed for 240V mains input.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich battery types is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for compatible gel and lead-acid battery systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it charge lithium batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not use it with lithium batteries unless the device and battery documentation specifically approves this charger. This listing is for gel and lead-acid systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Charger connector, battery-pack voltage, polarity and charge specification vary between models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a powerchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the powerchair's battery system and charging specification match the charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the 5A and 8A versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main difference is charging current: 5 amps versus 8 amps. Use the rate specified for the battery system rather than assuming higher is better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a cooling fan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The charger uses fan cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does smart charging do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt manages stages of the charging cycle automatically instead of applying an uncontrolled fixed charge continuously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check on my existing charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare battery chemistry, battery-pack voltage, output current, connector and polarity with the replacement charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it if the plug looks similar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot on appearance alone. Electrical specifications and polarity must also match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the charger or cable is damaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not use damaged charging equipment. Replace or have it inspected appropriately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be shipped throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 5A Smart Charger is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupported chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible gel and lead-acid systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan cooled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm pack voltage, connector and equipment charge specification before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852265035,"sku":"AMW-5ASMRTCHG","price":220.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/a74f1fd6-e674b4_d4d0cf16922243f29a1f6f0087ee702e_mv2.webp?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"remco-rm12-12-agm-battery","title":"REMCO RM12-12 AGM Battery","description":"\u003ch2\u003eREMCO RM12-12 AGM Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREMCO RM12-12\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact sealed \u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM standby battery\u003c\/strong\u003e with a published 20-hour capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e12Ah\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is intended for compatible standby and equipment applications where its physical size, terminal type and electrical specification match the device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM standby battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12Ah at the 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e150 x 100 x 95 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e case size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e4 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT2 terminal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed, maintenance-free AGM construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable only where the equipment specifies a compatible battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck Fit and Application\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RM12-12 is a standby AGM battery rather than a dedicated deep-cycle mobility battery. If it is being considered for a mobility device, confirm that the device manufacturer specifically permits this model or an equivalent standby AGM specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConfirm Compatibility Before Replacement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eREMCO RM12-12 AGM Battery should be matched by more than the voltage printed on the label. Check the required capacity, physical dimensions, terminal type and orientation against the equipment manufacturer’s specification and the battery being replaced. A case that is only slightly different in size can affect fit, cable reach or secure mounting inside the battery compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere a mobility scooter or powerchair uses a paired battery set, follow the equipment manufacturer’s replacement guidance and have the charging system checked if battery life has declined unexpectedly. Use a compatible charger, keep terminals clean and secure, and store or charge the equipment in a dry, ventilated location. A mobility technician can confirm the correct battery where application details are uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat voltage is the RM12-12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 volts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the published capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12Ah at the 20-hour rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery technology does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSealed AGM standby technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current NZ specification lists approximately 150 mm long, 100 mm wide and 95 mm high for the battery case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 4 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat terminal does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eT2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it maintenance free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a sealed AGM battery and does not require routine electrolyte topping up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a deep-cycle scooter battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This model is classified as an AGM standby battery. Only use it in a mobility device where the required battery specification matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it replace any 12V battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Voltage alone does not establish compatibility. Capacity, physical size, terminal type, battery technology and device requirements must match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould terminals be short-circuited?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Keep conductive objects away from the terminals and follow normal battery handling precautions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be charged with any charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use a charger suitable for the battery chemistry and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould dimensions be checked before ordering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Check the battery bay, terminal orientation and cable reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the REMCO RM12-12 available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This battery is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRM12-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12Ah at 20-hour rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTechnology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAGM Standby\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 150 x 100 x 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTerminal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"REMCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852297803,"sku":"HCB-RM1212","price":115.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/102d3c54-e674b4_e2d121dec2cd4c2a8e3fe3abd229090e_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"remco-rm12-33-scooter-battery","title":"REMCO RM12-33 Scooter Battery","description":"\u003ch2\u003eREMCO RM12-33 AGM Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREMCO RM12-33\u003c\/strong\u003e is a sealed \u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM standby battery\u003c\/strong\u003e. The current NZ specification lists \u003cstrong\u003e35Ah at the 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a compact U1-style footprint for compatible equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM standby battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35Ah at the 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e195 x 130 x 155 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e case dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e10 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT12 terminal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed, maintenance-free construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor compatible equipment requiring this battery type and size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eImportant Application Note\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDespite the product's historic “Scooter Battery” title, the current RM12-33 is classified as an AGM standby battery rather than a dedicated deep-cycle model. For mobility equipment, use it only where the device specification explicitly calls for this model or equivalent battery characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConfirm Compatibility Before Replacement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eREMCO RM12-33 Scooter Battery should be matched by more than the voltage printed on the label. Check the required capacity, physical dimensions, terminal type and orientation against the equipment manufacturer’s specification and the battery being replaced. A case that is only slightly different in size can affect fit, cable reach or secure mounting inside the battery compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere a mobility scooter or powerchair uses a paired battery set, follow the equipment manufacturer’s replacement guidance and have the charging system checked if battery life has declined unexpectedly. Use a compatible charger, keep terminals clean and secure, and store or charge the equipment in a dry, ventilated location. A mobility technician can confirm the correct battery where application details are uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat voltage is the RM12-33?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 volts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is its published 20-hour capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e35Ah.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat technology does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAGM standby technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 195 x 130 x 155 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat terminal is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current NZ specification lists a T12 terminal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it maintenance free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a sealed AGM battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a dedicated deep-cycle mobility scooter battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The current battery is classified as AGM standby, so confirm the mobility device's required battery type before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it replace another RM12-33 automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the exact physical size, terminal arrangement and electrical requirements of the device before replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan two batteries be used as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly where the equipment is designed for that battery arrangement. Follow the equipment manufacturer's battery configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould paired batteries be similar in age and condition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor equipment using paired batteries, matched batteries are generally preferable; follow the equipment or service guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat charger should be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a charger suitable for the battery chemistry, voltage and device configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be shipped throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The REMCO RM12-33 is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRM12-33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35Ah at 20-hour rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTechnology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAGM Standby\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 x 130 x 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTerminal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"REMCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852330571,"sku":"HCB-RM1233","price":325.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/48db759e-e674b4_158842eeb4d2451692f7efee55996c6e_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"remco-rm12-75dc-scooter-battery","title":"REMCO RM12-75DC Scooter Battery","description":"\u003ch2\u003eREMCO RM12-75DC Deep Cycle AGM Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREMCO RM12-75DC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a sealed \u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM deep-cycle battery\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for recreational and electric-vehicle applications. It provides \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah at the 10-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e80.4Ah at the 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM deep-cycle battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75Ah at 10-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80.4Ah at 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e260 x 170 x 214 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e23 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT11 terminal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed, maintenance-free AGM construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for repeated cycling in compatible electric-vehicle and recreational applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck Compatibility Before Replacement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm battery size, terminal layout, voltage, required capacity and the mobility device's charging system before ordering. Many larger scooters use batteries in matched pairs, but the correct configuration depends on the specific device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConfirm Compatibility Before Replacement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eREMCO RM12-75DC Scooter Battery should be matched by more than the voltage printed on the label. Check the required capacity, physical dimensions, terminal type and orientation against the equipment manufacturer’s specification and the battery being replaced. A case that is only slightly different in size can affect fit, cable reach or secure mounting inside the battery compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere a mobility scooter or powerchair uses a paired battery set, follow the equipment manufacturer’s replacement guidance and have the charging system checked if battery life has declined unexpectedly. Use a compatible charger, keep terminals clean and secure, and store or charge the equipment in a dry, ventilated location. A mobility technician can confirm the correct battery where application details are uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat voltage is the RM12-75DC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 volts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a deep-cycle battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The RM12-75DC is an AGM deep-cycle model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e75Ah at the 10-hour rate and 80.4Ah at the 20-hour rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 260 x 170 x 214 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 23 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat terminal type is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eT11.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it maintenance free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a sealed AGM battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it intended for electric vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is listed for recreational and electric-vehicle use, subject to device compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it replace any 75Ah scooter battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Physical size, terminal layout, voltage, battery technology and the manufacturer's required specification must all match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo large scooters often use two batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany do, but the exact battery arrangement must be confirmed for the specific scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould batteries in a pair be matched?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the mobility-device service guidance; paired battery systems are normally best maintained with batteries of matching type and condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat charger should be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a charger approved for the battery chemistry, pack voltage and mobility device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be shipped NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The REMCO RM12-75DC is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRM12-75DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75Ah C10; 80.4Ah C20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTechnology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAGM Deep Cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 x 170 x 214 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTerminal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"REMCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852363339,"sku":"HCB-RM1275DC","price":696.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/08162a2d-e674b4_5b6496eb7ea94d4eaa16cce512cbe39d_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"remco-rm12-45-scooter-battery","title":"REMCO RM12-45 Scooter Battery","description":"\u003ch2\u003eREMCO RM12-45 AGM Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREMCO RM12-45\u003c\/strong\u003e is a sealed \u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM standby battery\u003c\/strong\u003e. The current NZ specification lists \u003cstrong\u003e45Ah at the 10-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e48.1Ah at the 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V AGM standby battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45Ah at 10-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48.1Ah at 20-hour rate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e200 x 165 x 170 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e14 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT6 terminal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed, maintenance-free AGM construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor compatible standby and equipment applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eImportant Application Note\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RM12-45 is currently classified as an AGM standby battery. If it is being considered for a mobility scooter or other cyclic-use device, confirm that the equipment manufacturer or service specification permits this battery type rather than assuming any 12V 45Ah battery is interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConfirm Compatibility Before Replacement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eREMCO RM12-45 Scooter Battery should be matched by more than the voltage printed on the label. Check the required capacity, physical dimensions, terminal type and orientation against the equipment manufacturer’s specification and the battery being replaced. A case that is only slightly different in size can affect fit, cable reach or secure mounting inside the battery compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere a mobility scooter or powerchair uses a paired battery set, follow the equipment manufacturer’s replacement guidance and have the charging system checked if battery life has declined unexpectedly. Use a compatible charger, keep terminals clean and secure, and store or charge the equipment in a dry, ventilated location. A mobility technician can confirm the correct battery where application details are uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat voltage is the RM12-45?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 volts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is its capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current NZ specification lists 45Ah at the 10-hour rate and 48.1Ah at the 20-hour rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery technology does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAGM standby technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 200 x 165 x 170 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 14 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat terminal type is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eT6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it sealed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a sealed maintenance-free AGM battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a deep-cycle mobility battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The current model is classified as AGM standby, so check the equipment's battery requirements before use in a mobility device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it replace any 12V 45Ah battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Check the actual required technology, capacity rating, physical size, terminal and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould battery compartment dimensions be checked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm clearance, terminal orientation and cable reach before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in a paired battery system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly where the equipment is designed for that arrangement and specifies a compatible battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat charger should be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a charger appropriate to the AGM battery and the equipment's electrical configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The REMCO RM12-45 is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRM12-45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45Ah C10; 48.1Ah C20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTechnology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAGM Standby\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 165 x 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTerminal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"REMCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852396107,"sku":"HCB-RM1245","price":359.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/25380883-e674b4_8aca17b3a27f490d85a5df1b6c9087ef_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"travelscoot-escape-ultralight-travel-scooter","title":"TravelScoot Escape Ultralight Travel Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTravelScoot Escape Ultralight Travel Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTravelScoot Escape\u003c\/strong\u003e is an exceptionally lightweight folding mobility scooter designed around portability rather than the bulk and comfort features of a conventional full-size scooter. TravelScoot lists the complete scooter at approximately \u003cstrong\u003e14.8 kg including its lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the basic aluminium frame weighs under 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe single-hinge frame folds compactly and the seat assembly can be removed for transport. This makes the Escape particularly appealing for users who expect to lift the scooter into a vehicle, store it in a smaller space or take it on road trips, cruises and other travel where overall weight matters as much as driving performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Escape Is Different from a Conventional Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost mobility scooters gain comfort and stability by adding weight through body panels, suspension, larger seats and heavier battery systems. The TravelScoot takes the opposite approach: a minimalist aircraft-grade aluminium-style frame, removable components and a compact footprint keep the scooter unusually light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is that it feels more open and less substantial than a traditional mobility scooter. If you value a high-backed seat, extensive suspension or a larger enclosed platform, another scooter may suit better. If lifting and transport are the priority, the Escape's low weight is its main advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFolding and Lifting for Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape folds around a single central hinge and the seat assembly can be removed, allowing the user or carer to handle lighter sections rather than lifting a bulky conventional scooter as one piece. The current TravelScoot manual lists folded dimensions of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e72 × 53 × 27 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEven a lightweight scooter should be assessed against the person who will actually lift it. Before relying on the Escape for frequent vehicle transport, consider the boot opening, lift height and whether the person handling the scooter can safely manage the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBattery Options and Real-World Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTravelScoot offers different lithium battery capacities, so range depends on the battery supplied. Current manual examples run from roughly \u003cstrong\u003e10–11 km\u003c\/strong\u003e with the smaller 151Wh battery to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15–18 km\u003c\/strong\u003e with a mid-size option and around \u003cstrong\u003e27–30 km\u003c\/strong\u003e with a larger 420Wh battery under test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre condition, temperature, stops and starts and battery age. Confirm the battery supplied with the scooter if range is important to your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTravel and Airline Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape's lithium batteries are designed with travel in mind, but airline lithium-battery limits differ by carrier and battery capacity. Do not assume every TravelScoot battery option can automatically be carried on every flight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore air travel, identify the battery's watt-hour rating and obtain approval from the airline. The battery may also need to be removed and carried in accordance with the airline's dangerous-goods rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 14.8 kg complete weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, including battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasic frame under 10 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-hinge folding aluminium frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable seat assembly for easier transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed approximately 6 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended and warranted user weight up to approximately 155 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable handlebar and seat height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact folded dimensions of approximately 72 × 53 × 27 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200W, 24V DC motor on the Escape model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear-wheel band braking system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLithium battery options vary by current supply and required range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/travelscoot-shopping-cruiser-escape-manual-en.pdf?v=1756776777\" title=\"TravelScoot Escape Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTravelScoot Escape Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/g7R6av2BbMI?si=m3MHW0vlYIxYIPaY\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow light is the TravelScoot Escape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTravelScoot lists the complete scooter at approximately 14.8 kg including its lithium battery. The basic frame weighs under 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow small does it fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current TravelScoot manual lists folded dimensions of approximately 72 cm long × 53 cm wide × 27 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the scooter dismantle for transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame folds around a single hinge and the seat assembly can be removed. This allows lighter components to be handled separately when loading or storing the scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape model is listed at approximately 6 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange depends on the battery supplied. TravelScoot's current manual gives examples ranging from approximately 10–11 km with its smaller 151Wh battery to around 15–18 km with a mid-size battery and 27–30 km with its larger 420Wh battery under test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user weight does TravelScoot recommend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTravelScoot states that the Escape is recommended and warranted for users up to approximately 155 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape is listed with a 24V DC, 200W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current TravelScoot manual describes a band brake at each rear wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the TravelScoot designed mainly for indoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is intended as a portable travel scooter for suitable indoor and outdoor environments, but it is not an all-terrain scooter and should be used on surfaces appropriate to its wheel and frame design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with a conventional folding mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape prioritises very low weight and a minimalist frame. Conventional folding scooters may offer more enclosed bodywork, larger seating or different suspension, but are usually heavier to lift and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the TravelScoot Escape be taken on an aeroplane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePotentially, depending on the battery and airline. Lithium-battery limits and approval requirements vary, so check the battery watt-hour rating and obtain confirmation from your airline before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I trial the TravelScoot before buying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes where practical. The open lightweight design feels different from a conventional scooter, so a trial is useful if seat comfort, control position, stability or lifting weight are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComplete weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 14.8 kg including battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBasic frame weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended \/ warranted user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 155 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 6 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. L 72 × W 53 × H 27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnfolded dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. L 92 × W 53 × H 74–93 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 47–52 cm, with further optional adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V DC, 200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBand brake at each rear wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium-ion; capacity and range depend on current battery option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"TravelScoot","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853215307,"sku":"TS-ESCAPE","price":5195.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/15596be2-e674b4_f9326d8944fb4b058310f9cdebb9221f_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"console-cover-for-mobility-scooter","title":"Console Cover for Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWet-Weather Protection for Mobility Scooter Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSense Mobility Console Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is a removable transparent cover designed to help protect a mobility scooter's control panel from rain while keeping the display visible and the controls accessible. Its flexible front section allows normal use of buttons and dials through the cover, while industrial-strength Velcro and an extra-long stem strap help secure it around compatible tiller setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a useful small accessory for riders who may be caught in showers or need to use their scooter in changeable weather, without covering the entire scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Protect the Console?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tiller console contains the scooter's key controls and display, so keeping direct rain off this area is sensible even on scooters designed for normal outdoor use. A console cover provides a simple barrier while allowing the rider to continue seeing battery, speed and indicator information where the scooter display supports it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis accessory is not a substitute for the scooter manufacturer's weather guidance. Avoid deep water, prolonged exposure to heavy rain and any conditions the scooter itself is not designed to tolerate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTransparent and Flexible for Normal Control Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe clear front panel lets the rider see the console without removing the cover. The flexible material is intended to allow normal button and dial operation through the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the cover so it does not bunch around the throttle, brake controls, steering movement or switches. If the cover interferes with any driving control, stop and reposition or remove it before riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eQuick Removable Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndustrial-strength Velcro secures the cover around the console, while the extra-long strap wraps around the scooter stem or tiller area. This makes the cover quick to fit and remove rather than a permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause console and tiller shapes vary between scooter models, universal fit cannot be guaranteed. Check that the cover can sit securely and that all essential controls remain fully usable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent cover keeps the display visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible material allows access to buttons and dials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial-strength Velcro fastening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-long stem strap for a wide range of scooter tillers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to fit and remove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for wet-weather console protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Console Cover protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to cover the scooter control console during wet weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see the display through it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front is transparent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I operate buttons through the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The material is flexible enough for normal button and dial operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses Velcro at the console and an extra-long strap around the scooter stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to fit a broad range of scooters, but console and tiller shapes vary, so check the attachment points on unusual models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be removed quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Velcro fitting is designed for quick removal or lifting for direct access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a full scooter rain cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is specifically for the console\/control area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the cover obstruct steering or brakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Fit it so all driving controls remain fully usable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it be dried after use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Wipe and dry the cover before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be left fitted in dry weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can remain fitted if it does not affect control operation, though many users remove it when not needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs installation permanent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a removable accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be shipped throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Sense Mobility Console Cover is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent flexible cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFastening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial-strength Velcro and stem strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility scooter console wet-weather protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Sense Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853968971,"sku":"SM-CONSOL","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/c9081ed0-e674b4_732bd668864340d09cbe9239d9748407_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"wet-weather-poncho","title":"Wet Weather Poncho","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFull-Coverage Wet-Weather Poncho for Mobility Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSense Mobility Wet Weather Poncho\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heavy-duty waterproof poncho designed to provide broad rain coverage while using a mobility scooter, powerchair or wheelchair. Its generous one-size format drapes over the user and seating area, with a large hood, reflective strips and hand slots that allow access to controls without leaving the arms fully exposed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front section measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e122 cm long x 140 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a rear length of around \u003cstrong\u003e95 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. A carry bag is included so the poncho can be kept on the scooter, chair or in a travel bag until the weather changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Around Seated Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrdinary raincoats often leave the lap and upper legs exposed when the wearer is seated. The poncho's broad front panel is designed to extend over more of the seated user, while the rear section provides coverage behind the chair or scooter seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hand slots allow the rider to bring their hands through to reach mobility-scooter or powerchair controls. They can also be positioned around mirrors on some scooter setups, although Sense Mobility notes that doing so may reduce visibility of or access to the console.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVisibility in Dull and Wet Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eReflective strips on the sides and back add a visibility feature for lower-light conditions. They work best when illuminated by another light source and should be treated as a supplement to, not a replacement for, the mobility device's own lights and reflectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWet weather can also reduce traction and visibility. Even with waterproof clothing, ride more conservatively on slippery surfaces and follow the mobility-device manufacturer's guidance for rain and water exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOne-Size Coverage and Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe poncho uses a generous one-size design with an approximately \u003cstrong\u003e33 cm head opening\u003c\/strong\u003e. MoveSmart currently offers Maroon, Midnight Blue and Twilight Fabric variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause scooters, powerchairs, wheelchairs and user body sizes vary, the way the poncho drapes will differ between setups. Make sure no loose fabric can reach wheels, castors, brakes or other moving components before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty waterproof construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge hood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective strips on the sides and back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand slots for scooter or powerchair controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand slots can also be positioned around mirrors, noting this may limit console visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarry bag included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront approximately 122 cm long x 140 cm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear approximately 95 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHead opening approximately 33 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in current MoveSmart colour variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the poncho waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Sense Mobility specifies a heavy-duty waterproof construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is specifically designed for scooter and powerchair use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan wheelchair users use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its broad coverage also suits many wheelchair users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the front dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front is approximately 122 cm top-to-bottom and 140 cm across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the rear section?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 95 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the head opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 33 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the hand slots for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey allow the user's hands to reach scooter or powerchair controls while remaining under the poncho.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the hand slots go around mirrors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but Sense Mobility warns that this position can restrict visibility or access to the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include reflective material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Reflective strips are fitted to improve visibility in low light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a carry bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A compact carry bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it one size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The poncho is a generous single-size design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Current variants are available to ship throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e122 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry bag included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Sense Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Maroon","offer_id":41676854034507,"sku":"SM-PONCHO-M","price":90.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":41676854067275,"sku":"SM-PONCHO-MB","price":90.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Twilight Fabric","offer_id":41717367799883,"sku":"SM-PONCHO-TW","price":90.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1bdbae16-e674b4_0b96ebba7192413cb9464729a9cc9120_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"headrest-cover","title":"Headrest Cover","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Visibility Headrest Cover for Mobility Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSense Mobility Hi-Viz Headrest Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple visibility accessory for compatible mobility scooter headrests. It combines a bright fluorescent outer panel with a reflective strip, helping make the rear of the scooter more noticeable in dull weather, shaded areas and lower-light conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cover is made from heavy-duty Oxford nylon and uses a drawstring around the lower edge to help secure it over a suitable headrest. MoveSmart currently offers \u003cstrong\u003eFluro Yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eFluro Orange\u003c\/strong\u003e variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Simple Way to Add Rear Visibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMobility scooters are relatively low vehicles and can be harder for other people to notice in busy car parks, shared driveways and similar environments. Adding a fluorescent and reflective surface at headrest height can make the scooter more conspicuous without requiring any permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cover is an additional visibility aid only. It does not replace scooter lights, reflectors, high-visibility clothing or safe route and speed choices where those are appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Everyday Outdoor Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oxford nylon is specified as water resistant and tear resistant, making it suitable for normal outdoor use and changeable weather. Water resistant does not mean fully waterproof, so the cover should still be allowed to dry after wet use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA reflective strip provides additional visibility when light reaches it, while the fluorescent colour is intended to stand out more strongly in daylight and overcast conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck Headrest Fit Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cover measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e17 cm high x 27 cm wide x 9 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed to fit many mobility scooter headrests, but headrest shapes and sizes vary, so compare the dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bottom drawstring should hold the cover securely without interfering with headrest adjustment, seat movement or any other equipment fitted behind the seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluorescent yellow or orange variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective strip for low-light visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-resistant and tear-resistant material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom drawstring for a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximate size 17 cm high x 27 cm wide x 9 cm deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit many mobility scooter headrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Headrest Cover for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds a bright fluorescent and reflective surface to a compatible mobility scooter headrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers Fluro Yellow and Fluro Orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have reflective material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A reflective strip is incorporated into the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the material water resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The material is specified as water resistant, although it should still be dried after wet use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it secure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA drawstring around the lower edge helps hold it on the headrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 17 cm high, 27 cm wide and 9 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every scooter headrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. Compare your headrest with the listed dimensions and drawstring design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it replace scooter lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a visibility accessory and does not replace required lighting or reflectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be paired with other high-visibility accessories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used alongside other suitable high-visibility scooter accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe clean with a mild method suitable for Oxford nylon and allow it to dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both colour variants are available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 17 x 27 x 9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFastening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom drawstring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluro Yellow; Fluro Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Sense Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Fluro Yellow","offer_id":41676854886475,"sku":"SM-HDRSTCVR-Y","price":70.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fluro Orange","offer_id":41676854919243,"sku":"SM-HDRSTCVR-O","price":70.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/203a7b96-e674b4_bcaa6383a6a847f1ad8617e3731db396_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"wheelchair-or-small-scooter-bag","title":"Wheelchair or Small Scooter Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVersatile Storage for Wheelchairs and Smaller Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSense Mobility Wheelchair or Small Scooter Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact multi-purpose storage bag for compatible wheelchair push handles and suitable small mobility-scooter setups. Made from heavy-duty Oxford nylon, it combines a large main compartment with a smaller front section, bottle holder, walking-stick holder and several carry options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 x 32 x 17 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides useful everyday capacity without the bulk of the larger 48-litre \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/scooter-backpack\"\u003eSense Mobility Scooter Backpack\u003c\/a\u003e. It can remain attached to the mobility aid or be removed and carried using the handles or detachable shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Useful Middle Ground for Everyday Carrying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis bag suits users who need more than a small armrest pouch but do not require a large rear scooter backpack. The separate compartments make it easier to keep personal belongings organised, while the lined bottle holder and walking-stick holder give commonly carried items their own dedicated spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor wheelchair users, the adjustable straps are designed around suitable push handles. On smaller scooters, fit depends on the seat and available attachment points, so compatibility should be checked rather than assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry It On or Off the Mobility Aid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of the bag's practical advantages is that it is not limited to being permanently mounted. Carry handles and a detachable shoulder strap allow it to be taken off the wheelchair or scooter and carried like a normal bag when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat can be useful for appointments, shopping or travel where personal belongings need to stay with the user after leaving the mobility aid behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoading and Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oxford nylon is described as water resistant and tear resistant, making it suitable for normal everyday use. It should not be treated as a fully waterproof dry bag in sustained rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bag hanging behind a wheelchair or scooter can affect balance if heavily loaded. Keep heavier items sensible and low in the bag, make sure the straps are secure, and avoid loading beyond the mobility-equipment manufacturer's accessory guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-resistant and tear-resistant construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge main compartment and smaller front compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLined bottle holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalking-stick holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable attachment straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarry handles and detachable shoulder strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 40 cm high x 32 cm wide x 17 cm deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat equipment is the bag designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed primarily for wheelchair push handles and can also suit compatible small scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjustable straps fit over suitable push handles or attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40 x 32 x 17 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it water resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Sense Mobility describes the material as water resistant, although it should not be treated as a fully waterproof dry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have separate compartments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a large main compartment and a smaller front compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a drink holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A lined bottle holder is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it carry a walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A walking-stick holder is built into the bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be carried off the wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has carry handles and a detachable shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. The push-handle spacing and strap position should be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould heavy items be limited?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Avoid loads that could affect wheelchair balance or exceed the equipment manufacturer's accessory guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Sense Mobility bag is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 32 x 17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachment straps, carry handles, shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrink holder; walking-stick holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Sense Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676854952011,"sku":"SM-WCSCTRBKPK","price":140.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/db430c29-e674b4_b08924f53dbd4465b79d99ffc4842ba6_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"armrest-bag","title":"Armrest Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSense Mobility Armrest Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSense Mobility Armrest Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e adds easy-access storage to a compatible mobility scooter or powerchair without taking up space in a rear basket. It slides over the armrest and secures with Velcro, keeping smaller personal items close to the rider while seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mirrored pocket layout means the bag can be fitted to either the left or right armrest. Multiple open and zipped compartments help separate everyday essentials such as a phone, wallet, keys, glasses or tissues, while a lined bottle\/cup holder keeps a drink within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful Storage Without Reaching Behind the Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRear baskets are useful for larger items, but they can be difficult to reach while sitting on the scooter or powerchair. An armrest bag keeps frequently used items beside the user instead, which is particularly handy during shopping trips, appointments or longer outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag is intended for smaller everyday items rather than heavy loads. Keeping the contents light also helps prevent the armrest from becoming unbalanced or awkward to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFits Either Armrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the storage layout is mirrored on both sides, the bag can be used on a suitable left or right armrest. It slips over the armrest and is secured with a Velcro strap rather than requiring permanent mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eArmrests vary considerably between mobility products, so check the available width and shape before ordering. The bag should sit securely without covering the joystick, armrest release, transfer space or any other control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDurable Everyday Material\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag is made from heavy-duty \u003cstrong\u003eOxford nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e with water-resistant and tear-resistant properties. This makes it well suited to routine outdoor use, although it should not be treated as a fully waterproof dry bag in sustained rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-resistant and tear-resistant material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits either left or right compatible armrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVelcro securing strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLined bottle\/cup holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple inner and outer pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall length approximately 34 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge open pocket approx. 20 cm; small open pocket approx. 10 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZipped pocket approx. 30 x 17 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the bag attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt slides over a suitable armrest and secures with the Velcro strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fit either side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pocket layout is mirrored so it can be used on either armrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 34 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it water resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The material is water resistant, although it is not intended as a fully waterproof dry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a drink holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A lined bottle\/cup holder is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre there zipped pockets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes zipped and open storage pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the zipped pocket size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 30 x 17 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every scooter or powerchair armrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. Armrest width and shape should be checked before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it interfere with transfers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can if badly positioned. Make sure the bag does not obstruct any transfer path, armrest release or control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould very heavy items be carried in it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is intended for smaller everyday essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Sense Mobility Armrest Bag is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge open pocket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall open pocket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eZipped pocket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Sense Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676854984779,"sku":"SM-ARMBAG","price":135.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/786f0497-e674b4_17faffbfa0d34cdbab185405fa72e3f6_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"scooter-backpack","title":"Scooter Backpack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLarge Rear Storage for Mobility Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSense Mobility Scooter Backpack\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large-capacity rear storage bag designed for compatible mobility scooter seats. With approximately \u003cstrong\u003e48 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e of space and dimensions of around \u003cstrong\u003e40 x 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides considerably more carrying room than a small armrest bag while keeping shopping and everyday belongings behind the rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjustable straps fit over the scooter backrest and beneath a suitable headrest. Heavy-duty Oxford nylon provides a durable outer shell, while internal pockets, a large side pocket, walking-stick holder and drawstring inner lid help organise the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a Rear Backpack Is the Better Storage Choice\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rear backpack works well when you need more capacity than a front basket or armrest bag can provide. It is particularly useful for shopping, jackets, personal items and other light everyday gear that does not need to remain within immediate reach while driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the bag sits behind the seat, frequently used items are generally less accessible to the rider than they would be in an armrest bag. The trade-off is significantly more storage volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Around Scooter Backrests\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe attachment system uses adjustable straps over the backrest and under the headrest on compatible seats. Scooter seat shapes vary, so check that the straps can sit securely without covering seat-adjustment hardware or interfering with the rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated walking-stick holder provides a dedicated place for a compatible cane. Make sure the stick is secured so it cannot move toward the wheels or extend into an unsafe position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoading and Weather Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oxford nylon is described as water resistant and tear resistant, making it suitable for normal everyday outdoor use. It should not, however, be treated as a fully waterproof dry bag in sustained heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA heavily loaded rear bag can affect scooter balance and handling. Keep the load sensible, distribute weight evenly and follow the scooter manufacturer's guidance for rear-mounted accessories and overall loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48 litre capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e40 x 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-resistant and tear-resistant material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable backrest straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalking-stick holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge side pocket and internal pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal drawstring lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective strips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the backpack capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 48 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40 cm high x 40 cm wide x 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjustable straps fit over the scooter backrest and under the headrest on compatible seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it water resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Sense Mobility specifies the material as water resistant, although it should not be treated as a fully waterproof dry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a walking-stick holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A walking-stick holder is incorporated into the bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre there internal pockets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bag includes internal storage pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the internal drawstring lid do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds another closure layer over the main contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have reflective strips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Reflective strips are included for additional visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. The backrest, headrest and strap positions should be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a heavily loaded backpack affect scooter handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Keep loads within the scooter manufacturer's accessory and stability guidance and avoid overloading the rear of the scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Sense Mobility Scooter Backpack is available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty Oxford nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable backrest straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWalking-stick holder, pockets, reflective strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Sense Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855017547,"sku":"SM-SCTRBKPK","price":155.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/06ab7601-e674b4_87ae9ce2d4354841b519d4c348d99b80_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"merits-indigo-mobility-scooter","title":"Merits Indigo Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Indigo Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Indigo Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a feature-rich mid-size scooter for users who want everyday outdoor capability with a more informative dashboard and more built-in storage than a basic tiller model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Indigo supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e136 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its 400W motor, 11-inch pneumatic tyres, independent suspension and 120 mm ground clearance suit regular community use on appropriate paths and outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Indigo Fits in the Merits Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter\"\u003eYoga\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact folding travel scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-roadster-mobility-scooter\"\u003eRoadster\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the simpler mid-size value option. The \u003cstrong\u003eIndigo\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a sunlight-readable LCD display, extra lockable storage and more technology while remaining in the mid-size class. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-urban-mobility-scooter\"\u003eUrban\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e then steps up to 182 kg capacity, 14-inch wheels and up to 56 km range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Indigo when you want more information and storage than the Roadster but do not need the larger footprint and capacity of the Urban or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-cross-country-mobility-scooter\"\u003eCross Country\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSunlight-Readable LCD Dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LCD dashboard displays speed, battery status, temperature, clock information and maintenance reminders. This gives the rider more at-a-glance information than a conventional analogue tiller display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUp to 40 km Stated Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Indigo has a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Adjustable Legroom\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Indigo includes a front basket, dashboard storage and a lockable under-seat compartment. Adjustable seating and steering-column positions help tailor the driving position, while the legroom can be extended for users who need more space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSuspension, Braking and Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndependent suspension and shock absorbers on all four wheels help manage normal outdoor surface changes. Electromagnetic braking provides automatic stopping when drive input is released, and LED headlights, tail lights and indicators support visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to approximately 40 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 1430 mm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight-readable LCD dashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED headlights, tail lights and indicators\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable seat, armrests and steering column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended legroom adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard storage, front basket and lockable under-seat compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"Merits S946A Indigo Owners Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Indigo_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756197598\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMerits S946A Indigo Scooter Owners Manual PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/fcJGTY-7j6Q?si=b9KAc8CT8X8sWk6I\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Merits Indigo best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a mid-size everyday scooter with a detailed LCD dashboard, good storage and adjustable seating without moving to a larger heavy-duty model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Indigo different from the Roadster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are mid-size scooters, but the Indigo adds a more advanced LCD display and extra lockable storage. The Roadster is the simpler value-focused option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Urban?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Urban is larger and more powerful, with 182 kg capacity, 14-inch wheels and up to 56 km stated range. The Indigo is the more compact mid-size technology-focused model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e136 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 12 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 40 km under suitable conditions. Actual range depends on load, terrain, gradients, tyre condition, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat information does the LCD dashboard show?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery status, speed, temperature, clock information and maintenance reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 24V DC motor rated at 400W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour 22Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 120 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1430 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat storage is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA front basket, dashboard storage and a lockable compartment beneath the seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMetallic Pink, Electric Blue, Tuscan Red, Gold and Ocean Blue, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS946A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 40 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 400W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22Ah x 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 650 mm wide x 1230 mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetallic Pink, Electric Blue, Tuscan Red, Gold, Ocean Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Metallic Pink","offer_id":42103167352907,"sku":"GF-MRTSINDG-PNK","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Electric Blue","offer_id":41676855181387,"sku":"GF-MRTSINDG-EB","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tuscan Red","offer_id":41676855279691,"sku":"GF-MRTSINDG-TR","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":41676855312459,"sku":"GF-MRTSINDG-G","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ocean Blue","offer_id":42480779624523,"sku":"GF-MRTSINDG-OB","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/pink_indigo_3-4_view_-_Copy_469b337e-eca1-40ca-b7e1-92e18f4dd841.png?v=1783122217"},{"product_id":"heartway-s21f-mobility-scooter","title":"Heartway S21F Freestyler Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeartway S21F Freestyler Automatic-Folding Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeartway S21F Freestyler Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the travel-focused model in MoveSmart's Heartway range. Unlike the larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-pf6ks-mobility-scooter\"\u003eBlaze\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven\u003c\/a\u003e scooters, the Freestyler is designed around \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic folding, compact storage and vehicle transport\u003c\/strong\u003e. It folds at the press of a button or with the supplied remote control and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e22.75 kg including the standard lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users who want a mobility scooter for shopping trips, holidays and regular car travel rather than long-distance road use, the Freestyler's compact folded size and simple automatic folding mechanism are its main advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Freestyler Fits in the Heartway Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFreestyler\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003eBlaze\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to full suspension, pneumatic tyres and more outdoor capability. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range road\/community scooter, while the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12x-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest semi-all-terrain option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Freestyler when portability is more important than suspension, high ground clearance or long range. Its approximately \u003cstrong\u003e30 mm clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e, 6 km\/h speed and smaller solid wheels mean it is best suited to firm, relatively smooth surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic Folding for Car and Travel Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter folds electrically rather than requiring the frame to be dismantled into multiple heavy sections. Folded dimensions are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e730 x 460 x 465 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping it fit into suitable vehicle boots and storage spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete scooter still weighs more than 22 kg, so anyone expected to lift it should make sure that weight is manageable. Automatic folding reduces bulk; it does not make the scooter weightless.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLithium Battery Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard \u003cstrong\u003e13.4Ah lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e13.9 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. An optional \u003cstrong\u003e10.05Ah lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a shorter range of around \u003cstrong\u003e10.4 km\u003c\/strong\u003e and may suit travellers working within particular airline battery limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAirline approval is never automatic.\u003c\/strong\u003e Battery watt-hour limits, documentation and mobility-device procedures vary by airline and route. Confirm the exact battery and scooter requirements directly with the airline before booking or travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompact Everyday Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Freestyler reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e6 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and uses a \u003cstrong\u003e180W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with a Dynamic 50A controller. Its approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1000 mm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e helps in shopping areas, terminals and other tighter environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small 30 mm ground clearance means kerbs, high thresholds and rough surfaces should be approached cautiously or avoided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSolid Wheels and Safety Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid alloy puncture-proof wheels remove the need for tyre-pressure checks. The scooter also includes automatic electric braking, automatic speed reduction, anti-rollback, anti-tip wheels and an auto-stop function designed to prevent folding while the scooter is in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic electric folding\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote-control folding\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22.75 kg total weight\u003c\/strong\u003e with standard battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e21.3 kg weight without battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e115 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 13.4Ah lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e with up to 13.9 km range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional 10.05Ah lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e with approximately 10.4 km range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 6 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with Dynamic 50A controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 x 50 mm solid puncture-proof drive wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic electric braking and speed reduction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-rollback and anti-tip systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed, Blue and Gray variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway_S21F_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756719656\" title=\"Heartway S21F Travel Scooter Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHeartway S21F Freestyler Travel Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WXoXl4-13y8?si=f1j_f0GQ19LTwd1k\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heartway Freestyler best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who prioritise compact folding, car transport and travel over long range or rough-terrain capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Heartway Blaze?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Freestyler is much lighter and automatically folds for transport. The Blaze is a larger outdoor scooter with full suspension, pneumatic tyres and substantially more range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the S21F weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 22.75 kg with the standard battery and 21.3 kg without the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Folding can be activated on the scooter or using the supplied remote control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the folded dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 730 mm long x 460 mm wide x 465 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e115 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat range does the standard battery provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 13.9 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the optional 10.05Ah battery for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides a lower-capacity battery option that may suit some airline battery policies. Its range is approximately 10.4 km. Always confirm acceptance with the airline before travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the scooter airline approved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo blanket airline approval should be assumed. Airlines set their own mobility-device and lithium-battery requirements, so confirm the exact scooter and battery with the airline before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 6 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 30 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum safe slope?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e3°. Surface condition, load and weather still affect safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tyres puncture-proof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses solid puncture-proof wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed, Blue and Gray, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS21F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight without battery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard battery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4Ah lithium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 13.9 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptional travel battery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.05Ah lithium; approx. 10.4 km range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum safe slope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDynamic 50A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm long x 460 mm wide x 770 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm long x 460 mm wide x 465 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm wide x 320 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 50 mm solid alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Heartway","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":41716228292683,"sku":"CUB-S21FSCT-R","price":4999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41716228358219,"sku":"CUB-S21FSCT-B","price":4999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":41716229537867,"sku":"CUB-S21FSCT-G","price":4999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/d11931ef-e674b4_abca23f675ce4850831d8bb7e67826fb_mv2.webp?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"amw-titan-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter","title":"AMW Titan HT (Heavy Terrain) Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Titan HT Heavy Terrain Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Titan HT\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large heavy-terrain mobility scooter for riders who need substantial motor power, generous ground clearance and a comfortable suspended platform for longer outdoor travel. It uses a \u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e14-inch tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e and two 75Ah GEL batteries, putting it firmly in AMW's heavy-duty outdoor class.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e maximum speed, around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e of range in suitable conditions and 160 mm ground clearance, the Titan HT is designed for people whose regular routes go beyond smooth shopping-centre floors and ordinary pavement use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Terrain Capability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1200W drive system gives the Titan HT much more reserve than AMW's smaller \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-explorer-scooter\"\u003eExplorer\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-discovery-scooter\"\u003eDiscovery\u003c\/a\u003e scooters, while the 14-inch tyres and full suspension help it cope with firm gravel, grass, rougher paving and other uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat extra capability comes with a larger chassis and greater turning space. The Titan HT is therefore most useful when outdoor performance matters more than compact manoeuvrability around tight indoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLarge Battery Capacity for Longer Outdoor Journeys\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah 12V GEL batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide the energy for longer-distance use. Range is around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge in suitable conditions, but rider weight, gradients, terrain, temperature, battery age and driving style all affect actual distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor trips farther from home, plan with a sensible reserve rather than relying on the maximum range figure. Keeping the batteries regularly charged and in good condition also helps maintain predictable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating and Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat adjusts forward and back, swivels for easier access, changes height and allows backrest adjustment. This helps the riding position suit different leg lengths and seating preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e manages the drive system. Electronic regenerative braking slows the scooter when the throttle is released, and a dash-mounted brake release is provided for appropriate freewheel use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTitan HT or Maxi HT?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-maxi-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter\"\u003eMaxi HT\u003c\/a\u003e share many of the same core performance specifications, including the 1200W motor, 75Ah GEL batteries, 14-inch tyres, 160 mm ground clearance, full suspension and the same combined owner’s manual. They should therefore be compared as two large AMW heavy-terrain options rather than as completely different classes of scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen choosing between them, physical fit, current configuration, availability and personal preference are likely to matter as much as headline performance. A test drive is the best way to decide which platform feels right for the rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14-inch tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 18 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 35–40 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150–200 kg user-capacity range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on terrain and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic regenerative braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24V DC system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDash-mounted brake release\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Maxi_HT_Heavy_Terrain_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Maxi\/Titan (HT) Scooter Manual\"\u003eAMW Maxi\/Titan (HT) Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Titan HT Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT is best considered by riders who expect to spend significant time outdoors and need a full-size scooter with high ground clearance, large batteries and strong motor performance. Rural properties, longer community journeys and firm mixed surfaces are where its size and capability make the most sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the rider mainly travels on sealed footpaths and around shops, the smaller Discovery may be easier to live with. The Titan HT earns its place when the extra performance and chassis size are genuinely useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Titan HT use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses a 1200W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses two 75Ah GEL 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user-capacity range is 150–200 kg depending on terrain and use. For higher user weights, suitability should be considered against the intended terrain and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 18 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 35–40 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses 14-inch tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 160 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 1.65 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the climbing grade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe climbing grade is up to 15° under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses electronic regenerative braking and has a dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat provides fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat controller does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses a P\u0026amp;G controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it share an owner’s manual with the Maxi HT?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The combined AMW Maxi\/Titan HT owner’s manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyre size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1540 × 670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.65 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 35–40 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–200 kg, terrain\/use dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic regenerative\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41717064728651,"sku":"AMW-TITAN","price":7000.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/6ebeddbc-e674b4_e46b019053564529af0a1076cb0dcce3_mv2.png?v=1754901830"},{"product_id":"amw-maxi-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter","title":"AMW Maxi HT (Heavy Terrain) Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Maxi HT Heavy Terrain Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Maxi HT\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large heavy-terrain mobility scooter built for riders who need more ground clearance, motor power and outdoor capability than a conventional pavement scooter can provide. Its \u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e14-inch tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e and 160 mm ground clearance make it particularly well suited to rural properties, longer outdoor journeys and firm uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah GEL batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e give the Maxi HT substantial energy capacity, with a typical range of around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge depending on conditions. Maximum speed is up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the large adjustable seat and spacious chassis are intended for users who need more room and support than a smaller mobility scooter provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for More Demanding Outdoor Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT sits well above the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-explorer-scooter\"\u003eExplorer\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-discovery-scooter\"\u003eDiscovery\u003c\/a\u003e in AMW's range. Its 1200W motor provides considerably more reserve for hills and heavier outdoor work, while the larger 14-inch tyres and 160 mm clearance help it negotiate rougher surfaces and changes in level more confidently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFull suspension helps isolate the rider from bumps and vibration, but this is still a mobility scooter rather than an all-terrain vehicle. Soft ground, steep cross-slopes, loose gravel and abrupt obstacles should always be approached conservatively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLarge GEL Batteries for Longer Trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses two \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah 12V GEL batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e. Range is around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e in suitable conditions, although rider weight, tyre pressure, gradients, temperature, battery age and terrain all affect how far the scooter will travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor longer rural or community trips, it is sensible to plan with a reserve rather than treating the maximum figure as a guaranteed distance. Regular charging and good battery care are especially important with a larger scooter that may be used farther from home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpeed and Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a maximum speed of up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Maxi HT is faster than many everyday mobility scooters. The \u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e manages the drive system, while electronic regenerative braking slows the scooter when the throttle is released.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA dash-mounted brake release is included for appropriate freewheel use. Because of the scooter's size and performance, a test drive is particularly worthwhile before purchase so the rider can become familiar with acceleration, braking and turning space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating and Rider Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat adjusts forward and back, swivels for easier access, changes height and allows backrest adjustment. That makes it easier to tailor the riding position for different leg lengths and preferred posture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user-capacity guidance is \u003cstrong\u003e150–200 kg depending on terrain and use\u003c\/strong\u003e. At the upper end of that range, the intended terrain, gradients and overall operating conditions become especially important, so MoveSmart recommends discussing the setup before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e for heavy-terrain mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14-inch tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 18 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 35–40 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150–200 kg user-capacity range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on terrain and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic regenerative braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24V DC system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDash-mounted brake release\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Red and Yellow variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Maxi_HT_Heavy_Terrain_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Maxi (HT) Scooter Manual\"\u003eAMW Maxi (HT) Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Maxi HT Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT is a strong option for someone who regularly travels outdoors, needs a larger and more powerful scooter, and values high ground clearance, large batteries and a suspended ride. It is particularly relevant for rural and semi-rural users whose routes include firm gravel, grass, uneven paving or longer distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most riding is on ordinary footpaths and shopping areas, the Discovery may be easier to manoeuvre and more than capable enough. The Maxi HT makes most sense when the extra size and terrain capability will genuinely be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Maxi HT use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT uses a 1200W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses two 75Ah GEL 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user-capacity range is 150–200 kg depending on terrain and use. For higher user weights, suitability should be considered against the intended terrain and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum speed is up to 18 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 35–40 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT uses 14-inch tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 160 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 1.65 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the climbing grade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe climbing grade is up to 15° under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT uses electronic regenerative braking and has a dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat provides fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front and rear baskets, rain cover, owner’s manual, walking-stick holder and stick, charger, paint-repair item and toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Blue, Red and Yellow variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyre size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1540 × 670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.65 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 35–40 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished user capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–200 kg, terrain\/use dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished climbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic regenerative\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Red, Yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41676858294347,"sku":"AMW-MAXIHTBLUE","price":6500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41676858327115,"sku":"AMW-MAXIHTRED","price":6500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":41676858359883,"sku":"AMW-MAXIHTYELLOW","price":6500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/13126f5e-e674b4_6abfe2ecd6fd426cbb65285cf2ed4b9e_mv2.jpg?v=1765705567"},{"product_id":"amw-discovery-scooter","title":"AMW Discovery Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Discovery Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Discovery Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a strong all-round outdoor mobility scooter for riders who want more power, tyre size and carrying capacity than a typical pavement model without stepping up to AMW's largest heavy-terrain machines. Its \u003cstrong\u003e800W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e12-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e give it the capability to handle everyday footpaths as well as firmer gravel, grass and more varied outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a maximum user capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e top speed and two 45Ah batteries, the Discovery sits in a useful middle ground between the lighter \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-explorer-scooter\"\u003eAMW Explorer\u003c\/a\u003e and the much larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-maxi-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter\"\u003eMaxi HT\u003c\/a\u003e\/Titan class. For many riders, that makes it a practical choice for regular community travel, longer local trips and rural or semi-rural use where a smaller scooter can feel underpowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore Power Without Going to the Biggest Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 800W motor gives the Discovery considerably more reserve than the 400W Explorer, while the 12-inch tyres and 150 mm ground clearance provide more room for uneven surfaces. Full suspension helps take the sharpness out of bumps and broken paving, particularly when the scooter is being used for longer periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is still important to match the route to the scooter. Pneumatic tyres improve cushioning and grip but need normal pressure checks, and soft ground, steep slopes or very rough tracks can reduce stability and battery range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRange and Battery Capacity for Everyday Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e45Ah 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a typical quoted range of around \u003cstrong\u003e30–35 km\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge. Real-world distance varies with user weight, hills, tyre pressure, temperature, battery age, stop-start driving and the type of surface being crossed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor planning longer trips, it is sensible to keep a margin rather than treating the maximum range figure as a guaranteed distance. Regular charging and good battery care also make a noticeable difference to day-to-day performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating for Different Riders\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery's seat can be adjusted forward and back, raised or lowered, swivelled for easier access and altered through the backrest. This flexibility helps the scooter accommodate different leg lengths and seating preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe swivel function is particularly useful when mounting or dismounting because the rider can turn the seat toward the side rather than always stepping through the tiller area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy, Familiar Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e manages the drive system, while regenerative electric braking slows the scooter when the throttle is released. A dash-mounted brake release is provided for freewheel or manual-movement situations when used correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery is available from MoveSmart in \u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Yellow and Red\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e for strong everyday outdoor performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 45Ah 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved ride comfort over varied surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg maximum user capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 10 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 30–35 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegenerative electric braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e and dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Yellow and Red variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Discovery_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Discovery Owners Manual\"\u003eAMW Discovery Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Discovery Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery makes sense for a rider who wants a full-size outdoor scooter with useful terrain ability, a comfortable suspended ride and generous battery capacity, but who does not need the bulk, 1200W motor or 14-inch tyres of the Maxi HT or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-titan-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter\"\u003eTitan HT\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most travel is on smooth footpaths and the priority is a slightly smaller, lower-powered scooter, the Explorer may be enough. If regular rough-ground use, larger rider dimensions or maximum terrain performance are the priority, one of the heavy-terrain models may be the better comparison.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Discovery use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery is fitted with an 800W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses two 45Ah 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user capacity is 160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 30–35 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery uses 12-inch pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 1.6 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat provides fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery uses regenerative electric braking and has a dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front and rear baskets, rain cover, owner’s manual, walking-stick holder and stick, charger, paint-repair item and toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Blue, Yellow and Red variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 45Ah, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 in pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1305 × 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 30–35 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished climbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerative electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Yellow, Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41676858490955,"sku":"AMW-DISCOVERY-B","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":41676858523723,"sku":"AMW-DISCOVERY-Y","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41676858556491,"sku":"AMW-DISCOVERY-R","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ee9bba5b-e674b4_7eb7a56c7e97492da14f862978a1712d_mv2.jpg?v=1754901829"},{"product_id":"amw-explorer-scooter","title":"AMW Explorer Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Explorer Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Explorer Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical everyday mobility scooter for riders who mainly travel on footpaths, shopping areas and gentler outdoor terrain. It pairs a \u003cstrong\u003e400W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e10-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e and two 45Ah batteries, giving it more comfort and range than a compact travel scooter without the bulk of AMW's larger terrain models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a maximum user capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e110 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, up to \u003cstrong\u003e8 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e top speed and a typical range of around \u003cstrong\u003e25–30 km\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Explorer is well suited to regular local trips, shopping and community mobility where easy everyday use matters more than maximum off-road performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Good Entry Point into Full-Size Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Explorer sits below the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-discovery-scooter\"\u003eDiscovery\u003c\/a\u003e in AMW's outdoor scooter range. Its 400W motor and 10-inch tyres are well matched to sealed paths, paved areas and moderate outdoor surfaces, while the full suspension helps smooth out joins, broken paving and small bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor riders who do not need the 800W motor, 12-inch tyres or higher 160 kg capacity of the Discovery, the Explorer can offer a simpler and more affordable route into a full-size mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGenerous Battery Capacity for Its Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e45Ah 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e give the Explorer a useful amount of stored energy for an everyday scooter of this size. Range is around \u003cstrong\u003e25–30 km\u003c\/strong\u003e in suitable conditions, although real-world distance changes with hills, rider weight, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeeping the tyres correctly inflated and charging the batteries regularly helps maintain predictable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfortable Adjustable Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat can be adjusted forward and back, raised or lowered, swivelled for easier access and adjusted through the backrest. That allows the scooter to be set up more closely to the rider rather than forcing one fixed seating position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe swivel seat can also make it easier to get on and off the scooter by allowing the seat to turn toward the side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 45Ah 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110 kg maximum user capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 8 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 25–30 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Red and Yellow variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Explorer_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Explorer Manual\"\u003eAMW Explorer Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Explorer Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Explorer is a strong choice for someone who wants a comfortable, conventional mobility scooter for daily local travel and does not need a heavy-terrain platform. It gives you suspension, pneumatic tyres, an adjustable seat and substantial batteries in a relatively straightforward package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf regular routes include rougher gravel, larger bumps, steeper areas or the rider needs a higher user capacity, the Discovery is the logical next comparison.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Explorer use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Explorer uses a 400W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with two 45Ah 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user capacity is 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum speed is up to 8 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 25–30 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Explorer has 10-inch pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Explorer have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 130 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 1.5 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat can be adjusted fore\/aft and for height, and it swivels with an adjustable backrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat controller does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Explorer uses a P\u0026amp;G controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front and rear baskets, rain cover, owner’s manual, walking-stick holder and stick, charger, paint-repair item and toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Blue, Red and Yellow variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 45Ah, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1305 × 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25–30 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished climbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Red, Yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41676858392651,"sku":"AMW-EXPLORER-B","price":4500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41676858425419,"sku":"AMW-EXPLORER-R","price":4500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":41676858458187,"sku":"AMW-EXPLORER-Y","price":4500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/2fc7ddc5-e674b4_2d50ade05b22411bbffb96d9e69e57ea_mv2.jpg?v=1754901830"},{"product_id":"heartway-pf6ks-mobility-scooter","title":"Heartway Blaze PF6KS+ Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeartway Blaze PF6KS+ Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeartway Blaze PF6KS+ Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the more compact everyday outdoor model in MoveSmart's Heartway range. At approximately \u003cstrong\u003e630 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and 1300 mm long, it is noticeably smaller than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12x-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/a\u003e while still providing full suspension, 300 mm pneumatic tyres, a \u003cstrong\u003e550W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e and up to \u003cstrong\u003e38 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users who want a substantial scooter for footpaths, shopping areas and normal community travel but do not need the size and semi-all-terrain capability of the Maven XR, the Blaze offers a useful middle ground between compact travel scooters and full-size road scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Blaze Fits in the Heartway Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-s21f-mobility-scooter\"\u003eFreestyler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the portable automatic-folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003eBlaze\u003c\/strong\u003e is the narrower mid-size outdoor scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to a longer 45 km range, 160 kg capacity and 15 km\/h speed for regular community travel. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest and most rugged of the four, with a 900W motor, 170 mm clearance and semi-all-terrain tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat makes the Blaze a good choice when manoeuvrability and manageable overall size matter, but the user still wants proper suspension and pneumatic tyres rather than a lightweight travel-scooter setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFull Suspension and Pneumatic Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Blaze uses full suspension with \u003cstrong\u003e300 x 100 mm pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pneumatic tyres provide more cushioning than solid tyres on uneven paths, while the suspension helps manage everyday bumps and surface changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is normal tyre maintenance: tyre pressure should be checked regularly and punctures remain possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful Ground Clearance Without Excessive Bulk\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e140 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping with appropriate kerbs and uneven outdoor surfaces. The 1600 mm turning radius and 630 mm overall width keep the scooter more manageable than larger road and semi-all-terrain models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic Slowdown and Electric Braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Blaze includes automatic slowdown while turning and automatic electric braking. These systems assist with controlled driving but do not replace sensible speed selection, particularly on slopes, wet ground or confined paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Tiller and Everyday Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe contoured seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e460 mm wide by 450 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e. Flip-back, height-adjustable armrests and an adjustable tiller help tailor the driving position. LED lighting, indicators, mirrors and a front basket support practical community use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 38 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 x 100 mm pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e140 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1600 mm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic slow-down while turning\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic electric braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable tiller and ergonomic D-shaped handlebars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContoured seat with flip-back, height-adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting, indicators, mirrors and front basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMidnight Blue, Carbon Black and Tuscan Red variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Heartway PF6KS+ Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway_PF6KS_mobility_scooter_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756719656\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHeartway Blaze PF6KS+ Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ibz5hORmXCI?si=DpXVq-rtwzhnBs7a\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heartway Blaze best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a comfortable outdoor mobility scooter with full suspension and useful ground clearance but prefer something smaller and more manoeuvrable than a full-size road scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Blaze different from the Maven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Blaze is narrower, shorter and lighter. The Maven is a larger 15 km\/h scooter with 160 kg capacity and up to 45 km range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Maven XR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven XR is much larger and more rugged, with a 900W motor, 170 mm clearance and semi-all-terrain tyres. The Blaze is the more manageable everyday outdoor model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e136 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 12 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on a charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 38 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 50Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 300 mm in diameter and 100 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 140 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1600 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 630 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have automatic braking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses automatic electric braking and an automatic slow-down function while turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMidnight Blue, Carbon Black and Tuscan Red, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm wide x 1300 mm long x 1220 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm wide x 450 mm deep x 475 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600–680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 50Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 38 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 100 mm pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e103.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight without batteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":41716573765707,"sku":"CUB-PF6KS-MB","price":5499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black","offer_id":41716573798475,"sku":"CUB-PF6KS-CB","price":5499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tuscan Red","offer_id":41716573831243,"sku":"CUB-PF6KS-TR","price":5499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway-PF6KS_-mobility-scooter-Blue_WEB_1__Resampled.jpg?v=1756552692"},{"product_id":"heartway-vita-s12-mobility-scooter","title":"Heartway Maven S12 Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeartway Maven S12 Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeartway Maven S12 Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range road and community model in MoveSmart's Heartway range. It is larger and faster than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-pf6ks-mobility-scooter\"\u003eBlaze\u003c\/a\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003e700W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e, full suspension and up to \u003cstrong\u003e45 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e for users who expect to cover more distance around town, on paths and through the community.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt up to \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Maven is designed for regular outdoor mobility rather than car-boot portability. A detailed LCD console, full LED lighting, mirrors, front basket and swivel seat make it a well-equipped everyday scooter for longer trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Maven Fits in the Heartway Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-s21f-mobility-scooter\"\u003eFreestyler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact automatic-folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003eBlaze\u003c\/strong\u003e is the narrower mid-size outdoor scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to 160 kg capacity, 15 km\/h speed and up to 45 km range for longer community travel. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12x-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e then adds more ground clearance, a 900W motor and semi-all-terrain tyres for more demanding outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Maven when distance, road\/community comfort and everyday equipment matter more than compact size, but you do not need the extra bulk and ruggedness of the XR.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e700W Motor and 80Ah Batteries\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven uses a \u003cstrong\u003e700W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e powered by two \u003cstrong\u003e12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e. This combination supports a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReal-world range varies with user weight, gradients, surface, temperature, battery condition and driving style. For regular long-distance use, plan with a sensible reserve rather than relying on the absolute maximum range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFull Suspension for Community Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDouble A-arm front suspension and a rear shock absorber help smooth normal road and path irregularities. The Maven is intended for substantial everyday outdoor use, but its approximately \u003cstrong\u003e80 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e is lower than the Maven XR's 170 mm, which is one reason the XR is the better choice for rougher terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLCD Console, Lighting and Visibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LCD console displays speed, temperature, battery status, trip distance and odometer information. Full LED lighting, mirrors and indicators support visibility and practical community use, especially where longer trips extend into lower-light conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSwivel Seat and Adjustable Driving Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat swivels to assist access and transfers, while the armrests are adjustable. The seating area is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e508 mm wide by 480 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing more space than the Blaze.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 45 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD console\u003c\/strong\u003e with speed, temperature, battery, trip and odometer information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic braking\u003c\/strong\u003e with automatic parking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull LED lighting system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront basket and mirrors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10° maximum safe slope\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue and White variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway_Vita_S12_mobility_scooter.pdf?v=1756719656\" title=\"Heartway S12 Vita Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHeartway S12 Maven Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FlMxPRNXjTQ?si=ZiVLKSM-X84qeWCE\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heartway Maven best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a substantial long-range mobility scooter for regular community travel, with full suspension, a 160 kg capacity and up to 45 km range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Maven different from the Blaze?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven is larger, faster and longer-range. It supports up to 160 kg, reaches 15 km\/h and offers up to 45 km range, while the Blaze is narrower and more manoeuvrable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Maven XR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XR has a stronger 900W motor, 170 mm ground clearance and semi-all-terrain tyres for rougher outdoor use. The standard Maven is the more road\/community-focused model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 15 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on a charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 45 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 80Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 700W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have full suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses double A-arm suspension at the front and a rear shock absorber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat information does the LCD display show?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpeed, temperature, battery status, trip distance and odometer information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum safe slope?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e10° under appropriate conditions. Surface, load and weather still affect safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1900 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlue and White, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm wide x 1420 mm long x 1360 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e508 mm wide x 480 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e698 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 45 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum safe slope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e154 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight without batteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41717047033931,"sku":"CUB-HRTWYS12-B","price":8499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":41717047066699,"sku":"CUB-HRTWYS12-W","price":8499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/s12white01webjpg__Resampled.jpg?v=1766092891"},{"product_id":"heartway-vita-s12x-mobility-scooter","title":"Heartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest and most rugged model in MoveSmart's current Heartway scooter range. It is built for users who need more ground clearance, stronger suspension and deeper-tread tyres than a conventional road or community scooter provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e900W 4-pole motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e170 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e, heavy-duty full suspension and large semi-all-terrain tyres give the Maven XR more capability on suitable gravel, firm grass and uneven outdoor surfaces. It supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, and offers a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Maven XR Fits in the Heartway Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-s21f-mobility-scooter\"\u003eFreestyler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact automatic-folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-pf6ks-mobility-scooter\"\u003eBlaze\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the narrower mid-size outdoor scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range road and community model. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/strong\u003e goes further toward semi-all-terrain use with a stronger 900W motor, 170 mm clearance, larger tyres and more substantial suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the XR when rougher outdoor surfaces are a regular part of the journey and the scooter's extra size is acceptable. If most travel is on formed paths and roads, the standard Maven is smaller and provides a slightly longer stated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e900W Motor and Heavy-Duty Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven XR uses a \u003cstrong\u003e900W 4-pole motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with an S-Drive 200A controller. Double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorption are designed to manage more demanding outdoor surfaces than the standard Maven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is still a mobility scooter rather than an off-road recreational vehicle. Loose gravel, steep slopes, mud, deep grass and unstable surfaces can exceed the safe limits of any scooter, so terrain should always be assessed conservatively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e170 mm Ground Clearance and Deep-Tread Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e170 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, substantially more than the standard Maven's 80 mm. Front wheels are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e350 x 120 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and drive wheels around \u003cstrong\u003e380 x 150 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, with deep-tread semi-all-terrain tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra clearance and tyre size are the main reasons to choose the XR for rougher paths, but they also contribute to the scooter's larger footprint and approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2000 mm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLong-Range 80Ah Battery System\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. Actual distance varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCaptain Seat, LCD Console and Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe captain-style seat swivels and has adjustable armrests to assist access and driving comfort. The LCD console provides key driving information, while full LED lighting, mirrors and a front basket support regular outdoor and community use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900W 4-pole motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e170 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty full suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge deep-tread semi-all-terrain tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS-Drive 200A controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaptain-style swivel seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD console\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, front basket and mirrors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTitanium Grey finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Heartway S12X Vita Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway_Vita_S12_mobility_scooter.pdf?v=1756719656\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHeartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/50G2Nl9Nomw?si=55DnFLLRA5TTFGD0\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heartway Maven XR best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who regularly encounter rougher outdoor surfaces and want more ground clearance, stronger suspension and larger tyres than a conventional community scooter provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Maven XR different from the standard Maven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XR has a stronger 900W motor, 170 mm ground clearance and larger semi-all-terrain tyres. The standard Maven is smaller, more road\/community focused and has a slightly longer stated range of up to 45 km.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Maven XR an off-road scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best described as semi-all-terrain. It is suited to appropriate roads, paths, firm grass, gravel and uneven outdoor surfaces, but not unsafe steep, loose, muddy or unstable terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current specification is up to 15 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the travel range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 40 km per charge under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 4-pole 900W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 80Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 170 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have full suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses heavy-duty full suspension with double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 790 mm wide x 1620 mm long x 1450 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The captain-style seat swivels and has adjustable armrests.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour is available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTitanium Grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 mm wide x 1620 mm long x 1450 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm wide x 480 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 40 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-pole 900W, 25:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS-Drive 200A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 x 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight without batteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41717054505035,"sku":"CUB-HRTWYS21X","price":10999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/vitas12xtitanium01webjpg__Resampled.jpg?v=1756590603"},{"product_id":"eurocarts-standard-series-golf-cart","title":"EuroCarts Standard Series Golf Cart","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuroCarts Standard Series Golf Cart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEuroCarts Standard Series\u003c\/strong\u003e is the straightforward, course-focused model in the EuroCarts range. It is designed for golfers who want reliable lithium-powered transport, comfortable seating and practical club storage without paying for the extra technology and convenience features found further up the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Standard Series combines a \u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, lithium battery, aluminium chassis and a top speed of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dual rear golf-bag stands, a clear dashboard display and a split-front windscreen cover the essentials for normal course use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Standard Series Fits in the EuroCarts Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Series is the best starting point for buyers who want a dependable electric golf cart with the core features already built in. Compared with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/eurocarts-premium-series-golf-cart\"\u003ePremium Series\u003c\/a\u003e, it has simpler tan seating, a standard dashboard and fewer convenience upgrades. Compared with the Platinum Edition, it avoids the infotainment, sound-system and luxury trim package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat makes it well suited to casual golfers, clubs, resorts and properties where durability, simplicity and lower complexity matter more than additional technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLithium Power and 48V AC Drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cart uses a \u003cstrong\u003elithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e. Lithium batteries are lighter, faster to charge and lower-maintenance than traditional lead-acid systems, while the AC drive system provides smooth electric performance around the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum speed is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be adjusted on request. EuroCarts rates climbing capacity at up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e, although actual performance will vary with passenger load, slope, surface and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePractical Golf-Course Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDual rear golf-bag stands keep clubs easy to access throughout the round. The dashboard display shows speed, odometer information and battery level, while the split-front windscreen offers basic wind and weather protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 12-inch white mag wheels and aluminium chassis keep the design simple and purposeful, with approximately 114 mm of ground clearance for normal golf-course surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e2, 4 or 6 Seats\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Series is available in \u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e. A 2-seat cart is the natural choice for individual or paired golf use, while larger versions suit clubs, resorts, hospitality venues and private properties that need to move more passengers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause dimensions and final specification can change with seating configuration and options, contact MoveSmart when planning a multi-seat cart so we can confirm the current layout and delivery requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum speed approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable on request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing capacity up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-inch white mag wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTan seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard split-front windscreen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard display with speedometer, odometer and battery level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual rear golf-bag stands\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectromagnetic braking with rear drum or disc-brake configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EuroCarts Standard Series best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits buyers who want a reliable lithium-powered golf cart with the essential course features and less complexity than the Premium or Platinum models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Premium Series?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium adds upgraded two-tone seating, LED lighting, USB charging, a tinted windscreen and additional convenience options. The Standard keeps the specification simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat seating configurations are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Series is available in 2, 4 and 6-seat configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of battery does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lithium battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 48V AC motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 km\/h, with speed adjustment available on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the climbing capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEuroCarts rates the cart at up to 30% at full load under its test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12-inch white mag wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have golf-bag storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Dual rear golf-bag stands are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the dashboard show?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpeed, odometer information and battery level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not assume a golf cart is legal for normal public-road use. Check the requirements that apply to the intended location and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart arrange delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange nationwide supply and delivery. Contact us for the current configuration, quote and delivery requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeries seating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 4 or 6 seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2400 x 1245 x 1900 mm for base 2-seat configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-inch white mag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChassis\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 km\/h, adjustable on request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Golf Distributors","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41722977026123,"sku":"GD-EUROSTD-GC","price":0.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Standard-Cart-small-file.png?v=1756781054"},{"product_id":"eurocarts-premium-series-golf-cart","title":"EuroCarts Premium Series Golf Cart","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuroCarts Premium Series Golf Cart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEuroCarts Premium Series\u003c\/strong\u003e is the step up from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/eurocarts-standard-series-golf-cart\"\u003eStandard Series\u003c\/a\u003e for buyers who want more comfort and convenience without moving all the way to the technology-heavy Platinum Edition. It keeps the same core lithium-powered 48V AC platform but adds premium two-tone seating, LED lighting, USB charging and a tinted split-front windscreen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Premium Series is aimed at golfers, clubs, resorts and private properties that want a more polished everyday cart while retaining a straightforward course-focused design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Premium Series Fits in the Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompared with the Standard Series, the Premium adds more comfort and day-to-day convenience: upgraded black-and-white seating, LED headlights and brake lights, USB charging and a tinted windscreen. Compared with the Platinum Edition, it stays simpler by leaving out the LCD infotainment system, integrated audio, colour-changing lighting and luxury technology package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat middle position makes the Premium attractive when appearance and convenience matter, but a full infotainment setup would be unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLithium Battery and 48V AC Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium Series uses a \u003cstrong\u003elithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e. Maximum speed is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be adjusted on request. EuroCarts rates climbing capacity at up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReal-world performance depends on passenger load, gradients, surface conditions and final configuration. The onboard charger keeps the charging setup integrated with the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort and Convenience Upgrades\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePremium black-and-white two-tone seating gives the cabin a more finished feel than the Standard model, while the tinted split windscreen adds extra glare and weather protection. Dashboard USB ports allow phones and other suitable devices to be charged while the cart is in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe digital dashboard keeps speed, odometer, lighting and battery information visible at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLED Lighting and Golf-Course Practicality\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLED headlights and brake lights improve visibility around the course and property, especially in lower-light conditions. Rear golf-bag stands keep clubs easy to access, and a golf-bag rain cover is available for the 2-seat configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories include a portable chilly bin, golf-ball and club washer and magnetic sand bucket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMulti-Seat Versatility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium Series is available in \u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e. On applicable 4- and 6-seat layouts, the rear seating can fold down to create a flat utility surface, giving the cart some extra carrying flexibility when passengers are not using those seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum speed approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable on request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing capacity up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-inch white mag wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium black-and-white two-tone seating\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTinted split-front windscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital dashboard display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard USB charging ports\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED headlights and brake lights\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear golf-bag stands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold-down rear seating on applicable 4- and 6-seat configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Premium different from the Standard Series?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium adds upgraded seating, LED lighting, USB charging, a tinted windscreen and more convenience features while keeping the same general lithium-powered golf-cart platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Platinum Edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum adds a larger technology and luxury package, including an LCD infotainment display, smartphone connectivity, integrated sound system, colour-changing lighting and 14-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat seating configurations are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery and motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lithium battery and 48V AC motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 km\/h, adjustable on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have USB charging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. USB ports are built into the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat lighting is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLED headlights and brake lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the rear seats fold down?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on applicable 4- and 6-seat configurations the rear seating can fold to form a flat utility surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOptions include a golf-bag rain cover, portable chilly bin, golf-ball and club washer and magnetic sand bucket, depending on configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not assume public-road legality. Check the rules applying to the intended location and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart arrange delivery throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Contact MoveSmart for current pricing, configuration availability and nationwide delivery arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeries seating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 4 or 6 seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2400 x 1245 x 1900 mm for base configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-inch white mag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChassis\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 km\/h, adjustable on request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Golf Distributors","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41722984431691,"sku":"GD-EUROPREM-GC","price":0.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Premium-Cart-45-degrees-with-cover-up.png?v=1756781534"},{"product_id":"eurocarts-utility-cart","title":"EuroCarts Utility Cart","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuroCarts Utility Cart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEuroCarts Utility Cart\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the quiet lithium-powered platform of a golf cart and replaces the rear golf setup with a large aluminium tray for property, groundskeeping, facility and light-duty work. It is designed for people who need to move tools, supplies or equipment around a private site without stepping up to a larger conventional utility vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, lithium battery, aluminium chassis and Macpherson independent spring suspension give the Utility Cart the same easy electric driving character as the rest of the EuroCarts range, while the standard rear tray measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1720 x 1150 x 255 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Work Rather Than Golf\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Utility Cart is the model to choose when cargo matters more than passenger seating or golf-bag storage. It is suited to lifestyle properties, resorts, campuses, grounds teams, maintenance crews and other private sites where frequent short-distance transport is part of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompared with the Standard, Premium and Platinum golf carts, the Utility is less about trim level and more about carrying equipment. The rear aluminium tray is its defining feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLarge Aluminium Rear Tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard tray is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1720 mm long, 1150 mm wide and 255 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, with alternate tray sizes available on request. Two robust locking clasps help secure the tray in its normal position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium construction keeps the tray practical for outdoor work and straightforward to clean. Load placement still matters: keep cargo balanced, secure loose items and avoid allowing materials to interfere with occupants or vehicle controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLithium Battery and 48V AC Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cart uses a \u003cstrong\u003elithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e. Maximum speed is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be adjusted on request. EuroCarts rates climbing capacity at up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual performance will vary with cargo weight, gradients, surface conditions and battery state.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSuspension and Braking for Site Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMacpherson independent spring suspension helps smooth normal site and property surfaces. Braking combines an electromagnetic system with rear self-adjusting drum brakes or a disc-brake configuration, depending on the final build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith approximately \u003cstrong\u003e114 mm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e and 12-inch wheels, the Utility Cart is intended for formed paths, grounds and similar private-site terrain rather than serious off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDriver-Focused Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard display shows speed, odometer information and battery level at a glance. Standard tan seating and a split-front windscreen keep the driving area simple and familiar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall vehicle length is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3600 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, so turning space, storage and delivery access should be considered before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum speed approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable on request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing capacity up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMacpherson independent spring suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium chassis and utility tray\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard tray approx. \u003cstrong\u003e1720 x 1150 x 255 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternate tray sizes available on request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo tray locking clasps\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-inch white mag wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard split-front windscreen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard display with speedometer, odometer and battery level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the EuroCarts Utility Cart best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is suited to private properties, groundskeeping teams, facilities, resorts, campuses and similar sites where tools or supplies need to be moved regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the EuroCarts golf-cart models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Utility Cart replaces the rear golf-bag\/passenger focus with a large aluminium cargo tray, making it work-oriented rather than course-oriented.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the standard tray size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1720 x 1150 x 255 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a different tray size be ordered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. EuroCarts offers alternate tray sizes on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall vehicle size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3600 x 1245 x 1900 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor and battery does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 48V AC motor and lithium battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 km\/h, adjustable on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMacpherson independent spring suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 114 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it intended for public-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not assume road legality. It is primarily suited to private property, work sites and similar environments unless local requirements are met.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart arrange nationwide supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Contact MoveSmart for current pricing, tray options and delivery arrangements across New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3600 x 1245 x 1900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard tray\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1720 x 1150 x 255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-inch white mag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChassis \/ tray\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 km\/h, adjustable on request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Golf Distributors","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41722991149131,"sku":"GD-EUROUTILCART","price":0.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Cart-with-Tray-45-degrees-SMALL.png?v=1756782093"},{"product_id":"eurocarts-platinum-edition-golf-cart","title":"EuroCarts Platinum Series Edition Golf Cart","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuroCarts Platinum Edition Golf Cart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEuroCarts Platinum Edition\u003c\/strong\u003e is the flagship model in the EuroCarts range, aimed at buyers who want the full comfort, technology and convenience package rather than just basic course transport. It combines the same lithium-powered 48V AC platform with luxury seating, a large LCD infotainment display, smartphone connectivity, integrated audio, LED lighting and upgraded 14-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Platinum is the model to choose when the golf cart itself is part of the experience — whether on a course, at a resort, around a private property or in a hospitality environment where finish and passenger comfort matter as much as transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Platinum Fits in the EuroCarts Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum sits above both the Standard and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/eurocarts-premium-series-golf-cart\"\u003ePremium Series\u003c\/a\u003e. The Standard focuses on reliable core golf-cart functions. The Premium adds comfort and convenience such as two-tone seating, USB charging and LED lighting. The Platinum goes further with \u003cstrong\u003eLCD infotainment, smartphone connectivity, integrated Bluetooth\/radio\/USB\/AUX audio, colour-changing LED cupholders and speakers, mirrors, 3-point seat belts and 14-inch silver mag wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat makes the Platinum the strongest choice for buyers who want the most complete EuroCarts specification rather than simply the lowest-cost way to move around the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLCD Infotainment and Smartphone Connectivity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum's LCD dashboard acts as the main information and entertainment hub. It combines vehicle information such as speed, odometer, lighting and battery status with supported smartphone and audio functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated sound system supports \u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth, radio, USB and AUX\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing music and audio to be handled through the cart rather than relying on a separate portable speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLuxury Seating and Passenger Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black seating with white trim includes individual armrests and cupholders, with 3-point seat belts included in the current Platinum specification. Side and rear-view mirrors provide extra visibility around shared paths and tight turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eColour-changing LED cupholders and speakers are primarily a style and ambience feature, helping distinguish the Platinum from more utility-focused golf carts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e14-Inch Wheels and 48V AC Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum uses \u003cstrong\u003e14-inch silver mag wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e, larger than the 12-inch wheels used on the Standard and Premium Series. The lithium battery and \u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e provide the same general EuroCarts performance platform, with maximum speed around \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and climbing capacity up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual performance will vary with passenger load, gradients, surface and final configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFold-Down Rear Seating and Extra Carrying Flexibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn applicable multi-seat configurations, the rear-facing seats can fold down into a flat load surface when they are not being used by passengers. This gives the Platinum useful flexibility for gear, course supplies or property use without turning it into a dedicated utility cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2, 4 and 6-seat configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48V AC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e and lithium battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum speed approximately \u003cstrong\u003e25 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable on request.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing capacity up to \u003cstrong\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14-inch silver mag wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury black seating with white trim\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD infotainment display with smartphone connectivity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth, radio, USB and AUX audio\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-changing LED cupholders and speakers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED headlights, brake lights and indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTinted split-front windscreen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-point seat belts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide and rear-view mirrors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold-down rear seating on applicable multi-seat configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Platinum different from the Premium Series?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum adds the larger luxury and technology package: LCD infotainment, smartphone connectivity, integrated audio, colour-changing lighting, 14-inch wheels, mirrors and 3-point seat belts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat seating configurations are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum Edition is available in 2, 4 and 6-seat configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the infotainment display provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines vehicle information with supported smartphone, audio and hands-free functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat audio connections are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBluetooth, radio, USB and AUX.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery and motor are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lithium battery and 48V AC motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 km\/h, adjustable on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e14-inch silver mag wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre seat belts included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current Platinum specification includes 3-point seat belts for occupants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the rear seats fold down?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on applicable multi-seat versions they can fold to form a flat carrying surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Platinum road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not assume public-road legality. Check the requirements applying to the intended vehicle configuration and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart arrange nationwide delivery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Contact MoveSmart for current configuration availability, pricing and delivery arrangements across New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeries seating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 4 or 6 seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2400 x 1245 x 1900 mm for base configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14-inch silver mag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheelbase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChassis\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 km\/h, adjustable on request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30% at full load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41722996260939,"sku":"GD-EUROPLATINUM","price":0.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Green-Platinum-Cart-Main-View-10_5c84edbb-7b09-41c2-9372-f7ca3fd94e82.png?v=1756784408"},{"product_id":"rollator-holder-for-mobility-scooters","title":"Rollator Holder for Mobility Scooters","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Rollator Holder for Mobility Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Rollator Holder for Mobility Scooters\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to carry a folded rollator on the rear of a compatible Merits mobility scooter. It connects to the scooter's rear attachment slot so the rollator can travel with the scooter rather than needing to be transported separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern currently specifies compatibility with \u003cstrong\u003eMerits mobility scooters\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eall current Goldfern Mobility rollator models\u003c\/strong\u003e. Compatibility with other scooter or rollator brands should be checked rather than assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear-mounted rollator carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible mobility scooters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnects to the \u003cstrong\u003erear attachment slot of Merits mobility scooters\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003eall current Goldfern Mobility rollator models\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple hook-style support for a correctly folded rollator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with Goldfern rollators using soft\/canvas or metal backrest arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows a rollator and mobility scooter to be used as part of the same outing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollator should be folded and secured before transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact accessory with no powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolder only; scooter and rollator are sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Rollator Holder?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis holder is useful for scooter users who also rely on a rollator once they reach their destination. It keeps the folded rollator attached to the rear of a compatible Merits scooter and avoids making unsupported claims about universal fit across unrelated scooter brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarrying a Rollator With Your Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA scooter-mounted rollator holder can make combined journeys easier by keeping a compatible walking aid available at the destination. Before ordering, confirm the holder fits the scooter and rollator involved, including the mounting points, folded rollator dimensions and available clearance around lights, reflectors and controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the rollator exactly as instructed and check the attachment before every trip. The extra load and rearward projection can change the scooter’s overall length and handling, so allow additional space when reversing, turning or using a lift. Practise loading and unloading on level ground before travelling in public areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mobility scooters does the holder fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies that it connects to the rear attachment slot of Merits mobility scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit every mobility scooter brand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal compatibility is guaranteed. If your scooter is not a Merits model, check the rear attachment system before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Goldfern rollators are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern states that the holder accommodates all current Goldfern Mobility rollator models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it carry a rollator with a soft or canvas backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Fold and secure the rollator, then position the appropriate lower frame section over the holder hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it carry a rollator with a metal backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A folded rollator with a suitable metal backrest can be positioned over the holder hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rollator be folded first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Fold the rollator and secure its folding straps, clips or locking system before placing it on the holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I check the rollator before driving away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm that the rollator is seated correctly on the holder and cannot move free of the attachment during normal scooter travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the holder include a rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is for the holder only. The mobility scooter and rollator are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it affect the scooter's overall length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A rear-mounted rollator extends the overall footprint of the scooter, so allow extra clearance when manoeuvring, parking and passing through confined spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave the rollator on the holder when reversing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can transport the rollator as intended, but remember that the added rear length changes the space required behind the scooter. Check surroundings carefully before reversing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for carrying other equipment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed as a rollator holder. Other items should not be carried unless their compatibility and secure attachment have been specifically confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before each trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the holder connection, the rollator's folded lock or strap, and the way the rollator sits on the hooks. Do not use the setup if anything is loose or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Rollator Holder available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScooter compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMerits mobility scooters with compatible rear attachment slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll current Goldfern Mobility rollator models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear of mobility scooter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded and secured before transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHolder only\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScooter and rollator sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41723422867531,"sku":"GF-SCOOTERWLKHLD","price":189.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/rollator-holder-1.png?v=1756805373"},{"product_id":"scooter-backpack-with-cane-holder","title":"Scooter Backpack with Cane Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRear Scooter Storage with a Built-In Cane Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Scooter Backpack with Cane Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e combines rear mobility-scooter storage with a dedicated side holder for a walking stick, crutches or umbrella. It is designed for users who want to carry everyday belongings behind the seat while keeping a walking aid available when they reach their destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies waterproof material, a reflective rear strip and an adjustable frame kit that helps support the bag on the scooter. The main compartment uses a Velcro fastening for quick access, while the side holder keeps a compatible cane or similar long item separate from the main storage area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Rear Scooter Backpack Can Be Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rear-mounted bag offers more flexible storage than carrying loose items on the foot platform or hanging bags from the tiller. Shopping, a light jacket and other personal items can be kept behind the rider without crowding the controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is that rear storage is less accessible while seated than an armrest bag or front basket. It is best for items that do not need to be reached while driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWalking Stick, Crutch or Umbrella Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe side holder is designed to carry a suitable walking stick, crutches or umbrella. Whatever is fitted should be secured so it cannot swing toward the wheels, project into a hazardous position or interfere with the rider when mounting or dismounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA cane is \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e with the backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit and Loading\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern describes the backpack as compatible with scooter models generally, but scooter seats, headrests and rear accessories vary. Check that the frame and bag can be fitted securely to the particular scooter and that they do not obstruct seat adjustments, lights or other equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the load sensible and remember that rear-mounted weight can change scooter balance and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear mobility-scooter storage backpack\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof material\u003c\/strong\u003e as specified by Goldfern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReflective rear safety strip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable frame kit\u003c\/strong\u003e to support the bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelcro fastening\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide holder\u003c\/strong\u003e for a walking stick, crutches or umbrella.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalking aid not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate published bag load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can the side holder carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern states that it can carry a suitable walking stick, crutches or an umbrella.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a walking stick included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is for the scooter backpack and holder only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the backpack waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies waterproof material for normal everyday weather protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a reflective strip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A reflective safety strip is fitted at the rear of the backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the main compartment close?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main storage area uses a Velcro fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat supports the backpack on the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies an adjustable frame kit that provides structure and support for the bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern describes broad scooter compatibility, but seat and accessory layouts vary. Check the available rear space and attachment arrangement on the specific scooter before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the holder for an umbrella instead of a cane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern specifically lists an umbrella as a suitable item for the side holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a published maximum load for the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo separate bag load rating is currently published, so keep the load sensible and within the scooter manufacturer's overall accessory and stability guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a loaded rear backpack affect scooter handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Weight behind the seat can change balance and handling. Avoid overloading the bag and distribute contents sensibly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the cane or umbrella be secured before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Make sure any long item is held securely and cannot move toward the wheels, controls or surrounding people.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the backpack block a rear light or seat adjustment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should not. Check the installation on the specific scooter and reposition or remove the bag if it obstructs lighting, adjustment hardware or another accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Scooter Backpack with Cane Holder available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This scooter accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear mobility-scooter backpack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof material as specified by Goldfern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelcro fastening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable frame kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide holder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWalking stick, crutches or umbrella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVisibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReflective rear strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWalking aid included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41723461042251,"sku":"GF-SCOOTERBP","price":275.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Scooter-Backpack-Rear.png?v=1756805777"},{"product_id":"hi-viz-scooter-flag","title":"Hi-Viz Scooter Flag","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Visibility Scooter Flag for Added Visibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Hi-Viz Scooter Flag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple visibility accessory for compatible mobility scooters. Its bright orange flag helps make the scooter more noticeable to other people in shared spaces, car parks and around driveways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern currently specifies this rear flag for the rear attachment slot used on compatible Merits mobility scooters. Because attachment arrangements can vary between scooter models, check compatibility before ordering if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright orange high-visibility flag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to improve scooter visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnects to the rear attachment slot on compatible Merits mobility scooters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple rear-mounted mobility scooter accessory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for everyday travel in shared environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Hi-Viz Scooter Flag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA visibility flag adds height and a bright visual marker to a mobility scooter without changing how the scooter operates. It is a straightforward accessory for users who want to be easier to notice while moving around public or shared areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Around Everyday Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHi-Viz Scooter Flag adds practical function to compatible mobility equipment without making the main aid more complicated to use. Before ordering, confirm the exact model or attachment points required and think about how the accessory will affect folding, transfers, storage and access to controls. An accessory that stays securely positioned is easier to rely on during regular outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the product according to its instructions and check attachment points before each journey. Keep carried items within the stated limits and distribute weight so steering and stability are not affected. If the mobility aid is frequently loaded into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the purpose of the Hi-Viz Scooter Flag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds a bright orange visual marker above the scooter to help improve visibility to people nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the flag orange?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern specifies a bright orange flag for high visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is claimed. Goldfern currently describes the flag as connecting to the rear attachment slot on compatible Merits mobility scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt connects at the rear attachment slot provided on a compatible scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to alter the scooter to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flag is intended to use the scooter's existing compatible rear attachment point. Check your scooter before ordering rather than drilling or modifying it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it make a scooter easier to notice in car parks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bright elevated flag may help other people notice the scooter more readily in car parks and other shared areas, although it does not replace normal safe driving practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a lighting device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a bright visual flag and does not provide powered lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it instead of lights or reflectors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Treat the flag as an additional visibility aid rather than a replacement for any lights, reflectors or other safety equipment fitted to the scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow can I check whether it fits my scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck whether your scooter has a compatible rear attachment slot. MoveSmart can help with model-specific product information if you are uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41723478114379,"sku":"GF-SCOOTERFLAG","price":30.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Flag.png?v=1756806715"},{"product_id":"kiwi-900es-mobility-scooter","title":"Kiwi 900ES Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKiwi 900ES Double-Seat Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKiwi 900ES\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large \u003cstrong\u003edouble-seat mobility scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for two-person travel on suitable roads, paths and private-property routes. Its \u003cstrong\u003e300 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e, twin 75Ah batteries, 15-inch tyres, hard canopy and tempered-glass windscreen create a substantial platform for users who specifically want to travel together rather than use separate scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1980 mm long and 950 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 900ES is considerably larger than a conventional single-seat mobility scooter. That extra size provides room for two occupants but also means storage space, turning room, access widths and delivery arrangements should be considered carefully before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between the Kiwi 900ES and Kiwi 1400\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 900ES is the \u003cstrong\u003etwo-person\u003c\/strong\u003e option in MoveSmart's current Kiwi range. The \u003cstrong\u003eKiwi 1400\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heavy-duty single-seat model with a stronger 1400W platform, wider off-road tyres and hydraulic suspension for a single rider who prioritises rougher outdoor capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 900ES when carrying two compatible occupants is the main requirement. Choose the 1400 when one rider needs a more rugged single-seat heavy-duty scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e300 kg Combined Load Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter supports a maximum total load of \u003cstrong\u003e300 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. That capacity applies to the complete carried load rather than each occupant individually, so the combined weight of both riders and any carried items must remain within the limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause two-person seating changes weight distribution and handling, both occupants should be seated correctly before driving and the scooter should be trialled where possible before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDouble Seat and Offset Steering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wide bench-style double seat allows two occupants to sit side by side, while the offset steering position places the driver at one side of the scooter. This layout is quite different from a conventional centred single-seat mobility scooter and is one reason a hands-on trial is especially worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHard Canopy and Tempered-Glass Windscreen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hard canopy and tempered-glass windscreen provide useful shelter from sun, wind and light weather. They do not turn the scooter into an enclosed vehicle, so clothing and driving decisions should still suit the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy also contributes to the scooter's approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1735 mm overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e, which matters when considering garages, sheds, covered entrances and transport clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e40 km Range and 12 km\/h Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 900ES is listed with a travel range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e and a top speed of around \u003cstrong\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e. Two \u003cstrong\u003e12V 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide the electrical system for longer community journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual range will vary with the combined occupant load, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style. Plan regular trips with a reasonable battery reserve rather than around the maximum stated distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLarge Tyres, Hill Capability and Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses \u003cstrong\u003e15-inch tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e and is rated for inclines up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e12°\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. A large rear basket provides useful storage for everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any large scooter, hill safety depends on more than the headline angle: surface grip, combined rider weight, direction of travel and weather all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-seat configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e for two-person travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 kg maximum combined load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e40 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop speed approximately \u003cstrong\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncline capability up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e12°\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15-inch tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard canopy and tempered-glass windscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffset steering layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge rear basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours: \u003cstrong\u003eRed, Blue and Gray\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Kiwi 900ES best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits two compatible users who want to travel together on one large mobility scooter and have enough space to store and manoeuvre a double-seat vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Kiwi 1400?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 900ES is a double-seat scooter with a 300 kg combined load capacity. The Kiwi 1400 is a heavy-duty single-seat scooter designed around higher motor output and more rugged tyre and suspension capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Kiwi 900ES a single-seat scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a double-seat mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e300 kg total for the scooter's carried load. The combined weight of both occupants and carried items must stay within this limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on a charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with combined load, terrain, gradients, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the top speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 12 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the incline capability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 12° under suitable operating conditions. Traction, load, surface and weather still affect safe hill performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e15 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 75Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1980 mm long, 950 mm wide and 1735 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include weather protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A hard canopy and tempered-glass windscreen are included, although the scooter remains an open-sided vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A large rear basket is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed, Blue and Gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1980 x 950 x 1735 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum combined load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 40 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 12 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing capability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 12° under suitable conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 75Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeather protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard canopy and tempered-glass windscreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed; Blue; Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Kiwi","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":41775903440971,"sku":"EVEAST-900ES-R","price":8695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41775903473739,"sku":"EVEAST-900ES-B","price":8695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":41775903506507,"sku":"EVEAST-900ES-G","price":8695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Double-Seat-4-Wheel-Golf-Electric-Mobility-Scooter-with-Sliders-and-Headrest5.webp?v=1758770619"},{"product_id":"kaaspeed-k1s-fat-tyre-self-balancing-e-scooter","title":"KaaSpeed K1S Fat Tyre Self Balancing E Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKaaSpeed K1S Fat Tyre Self-Balancing E-Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance recreational self-balancing electric scooter designed for suitable private-property, golf-course and off-road leisure use. Its wide 18-inch tyres, 6061 aluminium frame and removable LG-powered battery create a very different riding experience from a conventional mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe K1S can reach up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, carries up to \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides around \u003cstrong\u003e50 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. MoveSmart offers a wide choice of colour and tyre combinations, including Standard and Off Road tyre options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Recreational E-Scooter, Not a Medical Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe K1S is designed around active rider control and balance. The rider stands on the platform and steers the self-balancing scooter rather than sitting in a conventional mobility-scooter seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat means suitability depends on balance, coordination, reaction time and confidence as well as body weight. It should not be treated as a substitute for a medical mobility scooter where seated support, low-speed stability or disability-specific controls are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSelf-Balancing Platform and Fat Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe self-balancing control system helps keep the platform level while the rider controls direction and speed. The \u003cstrong\u003e18 x 9.5-8 fat tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a wide contact patch for appropriate recreational surfaces, with Standard or Off Road tyre choices depending on the intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWide tyres do not remove the need for careful riding. Loose sand, wet grass, steep slopes and uneven ground can still reduce traction or upset balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e48V 19.2Ah LG Battery and 89 Nm Torque\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable \u003cstrong\u003e48V 19.2Ah LG battery\u003c\/strong\u003e powers the K1S, with a stated range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e50 km\u003c\/strong\u003e and torque of \u003cstrong\u003e89 Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Charging takes around \u003cstrong\u003e6.4 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual range depends on rider weight, speed, tyre choice, gradients, temperature, surface and battery condition. High-speed or soft-surface riding can reduce distance considerably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e45 km\/h Performance Requires Appropriate Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA top speed of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e makes the K1S significantly faster than a mobility scooter. Speed should always be selected to suit the environment, rider ability and local rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hydraulic disc brake provides strong stopping control, but stopping distance still increases with speed, rider load and slippery or loose surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGolf and Cargo Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe K1S can be fitted with purpose-built accessories such as the KaaSpeed golf-bag rack, cargo rack and front bag. These accessories allow the platform to be adapted for golf or light carrying without using generic mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/veehop-and-kaaspeed-accessories\" title=\"Kaaspeed Accessories and Parts\"\u003eKaaSpeed and Veehop accessories here\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-balancing recreational electric scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6061 aluminium-alloy frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48V 19.2Ah removable LG battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e89 Nm torque\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 45 km\/h top speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 50 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 6.4-hour charge time\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22% hill-climb rating\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable test conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic disc brake\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 x 9.5-8 fat tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNFC-card key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e45 kg net weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard or Off Road tyre variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeven current colour choices through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f6e615e0-efc2-11eb-937a-d96ca5b2f25f.pdf?v=1758928390\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Kaaspeed K1S Owners Manual and User Guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload the KaaSpeed K1S user guide and owner's manual\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mF6WQRSXq-M?si=nUxIShTCacqwgR5c\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/0Cpam68fBZY?si=ptCMqKOW5i6g1uHO\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/fxgxGb-xBU0?si=54hpODIYAmDJI9P5\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KaaSpeed K1S best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits capable riders who want a recreational self-balancing electric scooter for suitable private-property, golf-course or leisure use and are comfortable standing and actively controlling the platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the K1S a conventional mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a recreational self-balancing electric scooter, not a seated medical mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the top speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 45 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 50 km under suitable conditions. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, tyre choice, speed, temperature and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable 48V 19.2Ah battery using LG cells.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does charging take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 6.4 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the hill-climb rating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe K1S is rated for a 22% slope under suitable conditions. Surface, load, traction and rider ability still affect safe hill use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of brakes are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hydraulic disc brake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the K1S weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 45 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it started?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe K1S uses an NFC-card key system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyre options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Standard Tyres and Off Road Tyres across the current colour range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrange, Matt Jungle Green, Matt Black, White, Gray, Island Blue and Blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan golf or storage accessories be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Purpose-built KaaSpeed accessories include a golf-bag rack, cargo rack and front storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the K1S be shipped throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery of current K1S variants across New Zealand. Because this is a large, high-performance recreational electric scooter, contact us if you would like to discuss setup, transport or suitability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 aluminium alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48V 19.2Ah LG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTorque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 9.5-8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 45 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 50 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharge time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 6.4 h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHill climb\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22% slope under suitable test conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"KaaSpeed","offers":[{"title":"Orange \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248469067,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-1","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248501835,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-8","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matt Jungle Green \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248534603,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-2","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matt Jungle Green \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248567371,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-9","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matt Black \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248600139,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-3","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matt Black \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248632907,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-10","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248665675,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-4","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248698443,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-11","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248731211,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-5","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248763979,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-12","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Island Blue \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248796747,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-6","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Island Blue \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248829515,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-13","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Standard Tyres","offer_id":41777248862283,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-7","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Off Road Tyres","offer_id":41777248895051,"sku":"EVEAST-K1S-14","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/BLUE1_27f6c0aa-d470-4367-b57f-db8ae59f5789.webp?v=1759091641"},{"product_id":"veehop-2wd-electric-atv","title":"Veehop 2WD Electric ATV","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVeehop 2WD Electric ATV\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVeehop 2WD\u003c\/strong\u003e is a foldable recreational electric ATV\/scooter with two hub motors, four-wheel independent suspension and a removable 60V battery. It combines a carbon-steel\/6061-aluminium frame with all-terrain tyres and four hydraulic disc brakes for suitable off-road and private-property use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith \u003cstrong\u003e3200W combined motor output\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e, up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e48 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and around \u003cstrong\u003e56 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 2WD is a capable all-terrain platform for suitable recreational and private-property use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDual-Motor 2WD Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hub motors provide 3200W combined output while keeping net weight to approximately 62 kg. For comparison, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-4wd-electric-atv\"\u003eVeehop 4WD\u003c\/a\u003e uses four motors and has a longer stated range; the 2WD remains a distinct choice for riders who want the Veehop chassis, suspension and braking package with a lighter two-motor setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour-Wheel Independent Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlthough this is the two-wheel-drive model, all four wheels use independent suspension. Individual wheel travel is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e116–216 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping the chassis follow uneven outdoor surfaces more smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e60V 2400Wh Removable Samsung Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable \u003cstrong\u003e60V 2400Wh Samsung battery\u003c\/strong\u003e includes a battery-management system and supports a stated range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e56 km\u003c\/strong\u003e. Real-world distance depends on rider load, terrain, speed, gradients, temperature and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHydraulic Disc Brakes on All Four Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydraulic disc brakes are fitted at all four wheels, with a parking function at the brake handle. The braking system is substantial, but stopping distance still increases with speed, load and slippery or loose surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Recreational Electric ATV, Not a Medical Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Veehop is a recreational electric ATV\/scooter intended for capable users on suitable private-property and off-road environments. Its speed, standing riding position and active-control requirements make it fundamentally different from a conventional seated medical mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3200W combined dual-hub-motor output\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60V 2400Wh Samsung battery with BMS\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-wheel independent suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual suspension travel approximately \u003cstrong\u003e116–216 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon steel and 6061 aluminium frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour hydraulic disc brakes with parking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 x 100-6.5 all-terrain tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublished top speed \u003cstrong\u003e48 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublished range approximately \u003cstrong\u003e56 km\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging approximately 3 or 6 hours depending on charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNFC-card key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e62 kg net weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours: Orange, Blue and Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck out the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/veehop-and-kaaspeed-accessories\" title=\"Veehop Accessories and Parts\"\u003eKaaSpeed and Veehop accessories here\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8J-w6uwYvUs?si=R8vzkBDf_NYuYS7F\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/e-29WQ-h5-k?si=YozhQ3YvQd_gcFfk\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/J0e3d8GXJgs?si=vitffb61i3Xhzli8\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 2WD differ from the Veehop 4WD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2WD has two hub motors producing 3200W combined and a stated range of about 56 km. The 4WD has four hub motors producing 6400W combined and a stated range of about 80 km. The 2WD is also approximately 6 kg lighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many drive motors does the Veehop 2WD have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hub motors with a combined published output of 3200W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable 60V 2400Wh Samsung battery with battery-management system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated top speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 48 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 56 km, depending on load, terrain, speed and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour-wheel independent suspension with hydraulic shocks and approximately 116–216 mm individual wheel travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat brakes are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydraulic disc brakes on all four wheels, with a parking function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e100 x 100-6.5 all-terrain tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does charging take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3 or 6 hours depending on the charger being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 62 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrange, Blue and Black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop a medical mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a recreational electric ATV\/scooter. Suitability, operating environment and local rules should be considered before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be shipped throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Current Veehop 2WD variants are available to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200W combined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60V 2400Wh Samsung, BMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 hydraulic discs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100-6.5 all-terrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 56 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharge time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3 \/ 6 h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e116–216 mm per wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":41777328586827,"sku":null,"price":6795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41777328619595,"sku":null,"price":6795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":41777328652363,"sku":null,"price":6795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/WechatIMG2_1512x_2116a158-6f94-4f4a-bae2-427abeca8e40.webp?v=1758799403"},{"product_id":"veehop-4wd-electric-atv","title":"Veehop 4WD Electric ATV","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVeehop 4WD Electric ATV – Four-Motor All-Terrain Electric Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVeehop 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e is a foldable recreational electric ATV\/scooter built around four driven wheels and high-output all-terrain performance. Four hub motors provide a published \u003cstrong\u003e6400W combined output\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e240 Nm torque\u003c\/strong\u003e, while four-wheel independent suspension, hydraulic disc brakes at every wheel and a removable 60V battery are designed for capable riders using suitable private-property and off-road environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a published range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e80 km\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e and an approximate \u003cstrong\u003e68 kg net weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, this is a substantial recreational machine for capable riders and suitable environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour Motors – What 4WD Changes in Practice\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4WD uses a hub motor at each wheel. Compared with the dual-motor 2WD model, the extra driven wheels provide more available traction and torque where the surface is loose, uneven or steep enough to make a two-wheel-drive setup work harder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat additional capability does not make every surface safe or suitable. Wet grass, loose gravel, sand, mud, side slopes and steep gradients still require careful speed selection and competent rider control. The Veehop should be treated as a recreational all-terrain electric vehicle, not as a device that removes the normal risks of off-road riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour-Wheel Independent Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach wheel has independent suspension, allowing individual wheels to move as the vehicle crosses uneven ground. Published individual suspension travel is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e116–216 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on the wheel position and suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis helps the chassis follow rougher surfaces and reduces the amount of impact transferred directly through the frame. The Veehop suits recreational uses including off-road exploration, golf, hunting and farm or property transport, subject to the rider’s ability and the suitability of the terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e60V 2400Wh Removable Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4WD uses a removable \u003cstrong\u003e60V 2400Wh Samsung-cell battery\u003c\/strong\u003e with battery-management protection and a published range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e80 km\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange figures should be treated as a guide rather than a guaranteed distance. Rider weight, speed, gradients, tyre pressure, surface resistance, temperature and battery condition can all change how far the vehicle travels on a charge. The removable battery also means charging and battery handling do not always have to be done with the full vehicle beside the charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHydraulic Disc Brakes at All Four Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Veehop 4WD uses \u003cstrong\u003efour hydraulic disc brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with a parking function. Braking at all four wheels is appropriate for a machine with this level of speed, weight and off-road capability, but stopping distance still depends heavily on surface grip and speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published top speed is up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e48 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e. At those speeds, this machine demands considerably more judgement and stopping distance than a mobility scooter, so rider ability and operating environment matter as much as the specification sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFoldable Frame for Transport and Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eVeehop’s frame is designed to fold, making the machine more compact for storage and transport than a fixed-frame ATV. At around \u003cstrong\u003e68 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, however, “foldable” should not be confused with lightweight. Vehicle loading still needs to be planned around the machine’s weight, dimensions and the people or equipment available to move it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor customers considering ute, trailer or larger-vehicle transport, it is worth thinking about ramps, tie-down points and loading height before purchase rather than focusing only on the folded footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour-Motor 4WD Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour driven wheels provide 6400W combined output and 240 Nm published torque. For comparison, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-2wd-electric-atv\"\u003eVeehop 2WD\u003c\/a\u003e uses two motors and is approximately 6 kg lighter; the 4WD is the distinct choice when all-wheel drive and the longer stated range are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAccessories for Golf, Seating and Utility Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Veehop platform can be adapted with model-specific accessories including a comfort seat, golf-bag rack, cooler box\/seat, mudguards and front lighting. This allows the same base vehicle to be configured differently for golf, property use or recreational outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the full range of \u003ca title=\"Veehop Accessories and Parts\" href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/veehop-and-kaaspeed-accessories\"\u003eKaaSpeed and Veehop accessories here\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Recreational Electric ATV, Not a Medical Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Veehop 4WD is intended for active recreational use. Its speed, weight, standing control layout and off-road capability make it fundamentally different from a conventional mobility scooter. It should not be selected as a substitute for a medical mobility product where low-speed stability, seated support or disability-specific controls are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour hub motors with 6400W combined published output\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 Nm published torque\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60V 2400Wh removable battery with BMS\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-wheel independent suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e116–216 mm individual suspension travel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon-steel and 6061-aluminium frame construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour hydraulic disc brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with parking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 x 100-6.5 all-terrain tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublished top speed up to \u003cstrong\u003e48 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublished range approx. \u003cstrong\u003e80 km\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging approx. \u003cstrong\u003e5 or 10 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNFC-card key\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e68 kg net weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for more compact storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours: Orange, Matt Jungle Green, Blue and Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8J-w6uwYvUs?si=Sz3JsyvFPfJ_4due\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/e-29WQ-h5-k?si=YozhQ3YvQd_gcFfk\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/J0e3d8GXJgs?si=vitffb61i3Xhzli8\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Veehop 4WD best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits capable riders who want a high-output recreational electric ATV\/scooter for suitable private-property, farm, golf or off-road leisure use and who are comfortable controlling a heavy, fast standing vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many motors does the Veehop 4WD use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour hub motors with a combined published output of 6400W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the published torque?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e240 Nm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat battery is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable 60V 2400Wh Samsung-cell battery with battery-management system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the published top speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 48 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 80 km under suitable conditions. Actual range changes with load, speed, gradients, terrain, temperature and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour-wheel independent suspension with approximately 116–216 mm of individual wheel travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat brakes are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydraulic disc brakes on all four wheels with a parking function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Veehop fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame folds to reduce storage and transport bulk, although the vehicle still weighs approximately 68 kg and needs suitable loading arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does charging take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5 or 10 hours depending on the charger used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 68 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Veehop 2WD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4WD uses four hub motors at 6400W combined versus two motors at 3200W on the 2WD. It also has a longer published range and is approximately 6 kg heavier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan accessories be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Veehop offers model-specific accessories including seating, golf carrying, cooler\/storage, mudguards and lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a medical mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a recreational electric ATV\/scooter. Its operating environment, rider capability and applicable local rules should be considered before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are currently available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrange, Matt Jungle Green, Blue and Black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop 4WD available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Current Veehop 4WD variants are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4WD \/ four hub motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6400W combined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTorque\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60V 2400Wh, BMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 hydraulic discs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100-6.5 all-terrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 48 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 80 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharge time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 5 \/ 10 h depending on charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 68 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-wheel independent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 116–216 mm per wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":41777344675915,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOP4WD-1","price":7895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matt Jungle Green","offer_id":41777344708683,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOP4WD-2","price":7895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41777344741451,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOP4WD-3","price":7895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":41777344774219,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOP4WD-4","price":7895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/WechatIMG3.webp?v=1758800197"},{"product_id":"kiwi-1400-heavy-duty-sport-mobility-scooter","title":"Kiwi 1400 Heavy Duty Sport Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKiwi 1400 Heavy Duty Sport Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKiwi 1400\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large single-seat heavy-duty mobility scooter for users who want high load capacity, wide off-road tyres and substantial suspension for rural properties, longer outdoor routes and rougher suitable surfaces. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003e1400W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e, 13-inch extra-wide tyres and hydraulic suspension at both the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers the open \u003cstrong\u003eNo Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e configuration and a \u003cstrong\u003eCanopy\u003c\/strong\u003e version with the windscreen\/canopy setup associated with the Kiwi 1400SS style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between the Kiwi 1400 and Kiwi 900ES\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 is the heavy-duty \u003cstrong\u003esingle-seat\u003c\/strong\u003e option. It is wider, more powerful and more rugged than a conventional road scooter and is aimed at users who need extra capacity and outdoor capability rather than compact dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKiwi 900ES\u003c\/strong\u003e serves a different purpose: it is a large \u003cstrong\u003edouble-seat\u003c\/strong\u003e scooter with a higher combined load capacity for two-person use. Choose the 1400 when one rider needs the stronger 1400W single-seat platform; choose the 900ES when carrying two people is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e1400W Motor and 250 kg Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1400W motor and \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e make this one of the higher-capacity mobility scooters in the MoveSmart range. Two 75Ah batteries provide the electrical system for extended outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this is a large scooter, room to turn, store and transport it matters just as much as motor output. Overall dimensions are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1600 mm long, 805 mm wide and 1435 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a turning radius of around \u003cstrong\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e13-Inch Extra-Wide Tyres and Hydraulic Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 uses \u003cstrong\u003e13-inch extra-wide off-road tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e with front and rear hydraulic suspension. That combination is intended for more demanding outdoor surfaces than a small urban or travel scooter, including suitable firm grass, formed gravel and uneven private-property routes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should still be treated as a mobility scooter rather than an off-road recreational vehicle. Loose gravel, mud, steep slopes and unstable ground can exceed the safe limits of any scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e14 km\/h Maximum Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 has a maximum speed of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e14 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it strong outdoor cruising performance while retaining the stability and heavy-duty chassis expected from a large mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRange Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 has a stated range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e58 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. As with all mobility scooters, real-world range depends heavily on user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort, Visibility and Convenience\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra-wide seat, large rear basket and adjustable driving position are designed for longer outdoor journeys. Twin headlights improve forward visibility, while Bluetooth audio and USB charging add everyday convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy version adds more weather protection, but it also increases overall bulk and does not make the scooter suitable for every weather condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1400W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed approximately 14 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13-inch extra-wide off-road tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncline capability up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15°\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront and rear hydraulic suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin headlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBluetooth audio system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB charging port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-wide seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge rear basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent MoveSmart options: \u003cstrong\u003eNo Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCanopy\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/lp_jCYdE9Yk?si=E8XvCJFPICkU0qiu\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Kiwi 1400 best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits a single rider who needs a high-capacity, powerful outdoor mobility scooter with wide tyres and substantial suspension for rural property, formed gravel, firm grass and other suitable uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Kiwi 900ES?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 is a heavy-duty single-seat scooter with a 1400W motor and 250 kg maximum load. The Kiwi 900ES is a double-seat scooter intended for two-person travel and has a higher combined load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 1400W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the top speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 14 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e13-inch extra-wide off-road tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the incline capability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 15° under suitable conditions. Surface, load, weather and traction all affect safe hill performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydraulic suspension at the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 75Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat range can it achieve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 58 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies substantially with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat dashboard and convenience features are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current model includes a large display, Bluetooth audio and USB charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A large rear basket is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the current MoveSmart options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo Canopy is the open Kiwi 1400 configuration; Canopy adds the windscreen and canopy setup associated with the Kiwi 1400SS-style configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 14 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 58 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13-inch extra-wide off-road\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncline capability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15° under suitable conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic, front and rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 75Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1600 x 805 x 1435 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo Canopy; Canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Kiwi","offers":[{"title":"No Canopy","offer_id":42554744995915,"sku":"KIWI-1400","price":7895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Canopy","offer_id":42554745028683,"sku":"KIWI-1400SS","price":8495.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/11.webp?v=1758924009"},{"product_id":"golf-bag-rack-for-veehop-scooters","title":"Golf Bag Rack for Veehop Scooters","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGolf Bag Rack for Veehop Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVeehop Golf Bag Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e is a purpose-built accessory for carrying a golf bag on a compatible Veehop 2WD or 4WD electric ATV. It has a \u003cstrong\u003e20 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it the dedicated golf-carrying option in the Veehop accessory range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRather than adapting a generic carrier, the Veehop-specific rack is designed around the scooter platform and the shape of golf equipment. It is the accessory to choose when the main goal is transporting clubs around a golf course or suitable private recreational area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt Around Golf Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rack supports a golf bag behind the scooter so the rider can keep the normal platform and controls available. The published 20 kg limit applies to everything carried by the rack, including the bag, clubs and any accessories stored with them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSecure the golf bag carefully before riding. A rear load changes the scooter's weight distribution and can affect acceleration, braking and cornering, particularly on slopes or uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible with Veehop 2WD and 4WD Setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rack is designed for compatible \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-2wd-electric-atv\"\u003eVeehop 2WD\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-4wd-electric-atv\"\u003eVeehop 4WD\u003c\/a\u003e setups. If adding it to an existing Veehop, confirm the current mounting arrangement before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGolf Rack or General Cargo Accessory?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this rack when the load is specifically a golf bag and clubs. If the main requirement is carrying general equipment, a purpose-built cargo accessory is the better match because it is designed around a different load shape and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose-built golf bag rack for compatible Veehop scooters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to carry a golf bag and clubs behind the scooter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with suitable Veehop 2WD and 4WD setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel-specific alternative to adapting a universal carrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear-mounted load should be secured and checked before riding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum rack load is 20 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the rack designed to carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is specifically designed for a golf bag and clubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the 20 kg limit include the clubs and accessories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Treat 20 kg as the total load carried by the rack, including the bag, clubs and anything stored with them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rack supplied with a Veehop scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is for the accessory only unless a package specifically states otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with both 2WD and 4WD Veehop models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for compatible setups on both platforms. Confirm the mounting arrangement if fitting it to an existing scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a universal golf bag rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is sold as a Veehop-specific accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan adding the rack affect handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rear-mounted cargo changes weight distribution, so secure the load and ride conservatively until familiar with the loaded setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rack be checked before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Make sure the rack and golf bag are secure and that nothing can move into the wheels or interfere with controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan any 20 kg load be placed on the rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rack is designed around golf equipment. Other loads may not fit or secure correctly even if they are below 20 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a general cargo rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed specifically for golf equipment. Use a purpose-built general cargo accessory if that is the main requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a loaded rack change braking distance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdded weight can affect the way the scooter accelerates, turns and stops, so allow extra margin and ride to the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop Golf Bag Rack available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVeehop golf bag rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Veehop 2WD and 4WD setups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGolf bag and club transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear accessory position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41787190739019,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOPGOLF","price":295.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Golf_Kit-2.webp?v=1758800196"},{"product_id":"comfort-seat-for-veehop-scooters","title":"Comfort Seat for Veehop Scooters","description":"\u003ch2\u003eComfort Seat for Veehop 2WD and 4WD Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eComfort Seat for Veehop Scooters\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a seated riding option to compatible Veehop 2WD and 4WD recreational electric ATVs. It is a model-specific accessory designed for the Veehop platform rather than a generic universal scooter seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor riders who prefer to sit for some or all of a journey, the seat changes the Veehop from its standard standing setup into a seated configuration while keeping the same underlying vehicle platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen the Comfort Seat Makes Sense\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is useful when the rider wants the option to alternate between standing and seated use, or simply prefers a seated posture for longer recreational rides. It does not change the Veehop into a medical mobility scooter, and the rider still needs the balance, coordination and judgement required to operate the vehicle safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause seated use changes the rider's position and weight distribution, it is sensible to begin at low speed and become familiar with the way the Veehop feels before riding more quickly or on more demanding surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Veehop Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is designed for both the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-2wd-electric-atv\" title=\"Veehop 2WD Electric ATV\"\u003eVeehop 2WD\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-4wd-electric-atv\" title=\"Veehop 4WD Electric ATV\"\u003eVeehop 4WD\u003c\/a\u003e. Choosing the model-specific accessory provides a purpose-designed mounting and riding position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore each ride, check that the seat and mounting points are secure and that the fitted seat does not interfere with steering, braking, foot placement or access to the controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Veehop 2WD and 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdds a seated riding option\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific Veehop accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for riders who prefer a seated configuration for part or all of a recreational ride.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to work with the existing Veehop platform and controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Veehop models is the seat intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for both the Veehop 2WD and Veehop 4WD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a universal scooter seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is sold as a Veehop-specific accessory rather than a generic universal seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes adding the seat turn the Veehop into a mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Veehop remains a recreational electric ATV\/scooter and still requires appropriate rider control, balance, coordination and judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the rider still stand when the seat is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe practical riding configuration depends on the installed setup and rider position. Make sure the fitted seat does not interfere with safe access to the platform or controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the seat attachment be checked before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm that the seat and mounting points are secure and that nothing interferes with steering, braking, rider movement or access to the controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes seated use change the way the Veehop handles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can change rider weight distribution and the overall feel of the vehicle. Start slowly and ride conservatively until familiar with the seated configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Comfort Seat be used on both 2WD and 4WD Veehops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for both platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this intended as a medical or rehabilitation seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a recreational accessory for the Veehop platform and is not presented as clinical seating or a substitute for a mobility-scooter or wheelchair seating system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit a generic seat instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA generic seat may create uncertainty around mounting, rider position and control access. The Veehop-specific seat is the more appropriate option where a seated configuration is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop Comfort Seat available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVeehop seat accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVeehop 2WD and Veehop 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a seated riding configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — model-specific Veehop accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41787192672331,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOPSEAT","price":179.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Orange-Seat_1b5e1b2f-1d0e-4472-8698-02f85ecf4599.webp?v=1758926742"},{"product_id":"veehop-cooler-box-with-bluetooth-speakers-seat","title":"Veehop Cooler Box with Bluetooth Speakers \u0026 Seat","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVeehop Cooler Box with Bluetooth Speakers \u0026amp; Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVeehop Cooler Box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a multi-purpose rear accessory for compatible Veehop 2WD and 4WD scooters. It combines cooler-box storage for drinks and refreshments with built-in Bluetooth speakers and a seat-style lid for stationary use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor recreational rides, golf days and property use, the cooler can add both storage and entertainment without requiring separate accessories. It is designed around the Veehop platform rather than as a universal cooler or speaker box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThree Functions in One Accessory\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cooler provides a dedicated place for drinks and refreshments, the Bluetooth speakers add integrated audio, and the top can be used as a stationary rest seat. That combination makes it particularly useful when the Veehop is being used for longer leisure outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat-style lid should not be treated as an additional passenger seat while the scooter is moving unless the manufacturer specifically approves that use. MoveSmart recommends using it only while the Veehop is stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Veehop 2WD and 4WD Setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cooler is designed for compatible \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-2wd-electric-atv\"\u003eVeehop 2WD\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/veehop-4wd-electric-atv\"\u003eVeehop 4WD\u003c\/a\u003e setups. If you are adding it to an existing scooter, confirm that the rear mounting arrangement is suitable before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoading and Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnything carried at the rear of the Veehop can change weight distribution. Keep the contents sensible, make sure the accessory is securely fitted and avoid loose items that could shift while riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePack the cooler so contents are contained securely, and protect items that must remain completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooler-box storage\u003c\/strong\u003e for drinks and refreshments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Bluetooth speakers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat-style top\u003c\/strong\u003e for stationary use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a rear accessory for compatible Veehop scooters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for compatible Veehop 2WD and 4WD setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat functions does the cooler accessory provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines cooler-box storage, Bluetooth speakers and a seat-style lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with both Veehop 2WD and 4WD models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for compatible setups on both models. Confirm the mounting arrangement if fitting it to an existing unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cooler box a passenger seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Treat the seat-style top as a stationary rest seat unless the manufacturer specifically approves another use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan someone sit on it while the Veehop is moving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo additional passenger use should be assumed. MoveSmart recommends the top only as a stationary rest seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include Bluetooth speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Built-in Bluetooth speakers are part of this version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the cooler be secured before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm the accessory and any contents are secure and cannot shift or interfere with the wheels or rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan added rear weight affect handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any rear-mounted load can alter balance and handling, so ride conservatively with the cooler fitted and loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted to any scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit should be assumed. It is sold as a Veehop-specific accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop Cooler Box available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear cooler \/ speaker accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Veehop 2WD and 4WD setups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooler box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAudio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in Bluetooth speakers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat-style lid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor stationary use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41787194343499,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOPCOOLERBOX","price":359.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Blue-Cooler-1.webp?v=1758927828"},{"product_id":"mudguard-set-for-veehop-scooters-4-pieces","title":"Mudguard Set for Veehop Scooters (4 Pieces)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFour-Piece Mudguard Set for Veehop Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMudguard Set for Veehop Scooters\u003c\/strong\u003e contains \u003cstrong\u003efour model-specific mudguards\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible Veehop scooters. Fitted around the wheels, the guards help reduce the amount of mud, water spray and loose debris thrown toward the rider and scooter during normal outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are a useful addition for Veehops that regularly see damp paths, grass, gravel or other surfaces where tyre spray can make the rider and vehicle noticeably dirtier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCleaner Riding in Messier Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA mudguard sits close to the tyre and interrupts some of the spray and debris that would otherwise be thrown outward by the rotating wheel. With four guards in the set, the accessory is intended as a complete Veehop mudguard package rather than a single replacement flap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor best results, clear accumulated mud and debris after wet or off-pavement use and keep the wheel area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVeehop-Specific Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set is designed specifically for compatible Veehop scooters. Model-specific fitment helps maintain the correct mounting position and tyre clearance around moving wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter installation, check that every guard is secure and has adequate clearance from the tyre throughout steering and suspension movement where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCare and Inspection\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMud and debris can build up underneath mudguards, particularly after wet or off-pavement use. Clean away accumulation as needed and inspect the mounting points regularly. A loose or damaged guard should be repaired or replaced before riding because contact with a rotating wheel could create a hazard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning and inspection help keep each guard secure and clear of the tyre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-piece set\u003c\/strong\u003e containing four mudguards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVeehop-specific accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible scooters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce mud, water spray and loose debris from the tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for damp, grassy, gravelly and generally messier outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a complete mudguard package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many mudguards are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set contains four mudguards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they designed specifically for Veehop scooters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They are a model-specific accessory for compatible Veehop scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the mudguards help with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey help reduce wheel spray, mud and loose debris thrown toward the rider and vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they useful on grass and gravel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can help reduce debris and spray in those sorts of conditions, provided the surface itself is suitable for the Veehop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould all four mudguards be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product is sold as a four-piece set intended as a complete Veehop mudguard package. Follow the appropriate fitting arrangement for the scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould tyre clearance be checked after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each mudguard should be secure and clear of the tyre and other moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the mudguards be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Remove built-up mud and debris as needed so the guards and wheel area remain clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan damaged mudguards be left in place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A loose or damaged mudguard could contact a wheel or create a hazard, so repair or replace it before riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these universal scooter mudguards?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal compatibility should be assumed. They are sold as a Veehop-specific set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop Mudguard Set available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMudguard set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mudguards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Veehop scooters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary purpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce tyre spray, mud and loose debris\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41789925097547,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOPMUDGUARDS","price":169.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Image_20250619215601_1512x_a2f6392c-3352-4525-a9cc-2f8ea54dc67f.webp?v=1759049924"},{"product_id":"led-light-for-veehop-scooters","title":"LED Light for Veehop Scooters","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED Light for Veehop Scooters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVeehop Front LED Light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a model-specific accessory that adds forward-facing illumination to a compatible Veehop scooter. It can be useful in lower-light conditions, shaded areas or situations where making the front of the vehicle more noticeable is helpful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a dedicated Veehop accessory rather than a generic clip-on light, helping keep the installation consistent with the scooter platform and normal rider controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eForward Illumination for Lower-Light Riding\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED light is intended to illuminate the area ahead of the scooter and add another visible light source at the front. It can be useful around properties, golf courses and other suitable recreational environments when ambient light is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should still be used with sensible riding speed and any other visibility measures appropriate to the conditions. A light can improve visibility, but it cannot make an unsuitable riding environment safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVeehop-Specific Accessory\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe accessory carries product code \u003cstrong\u003e1052004\u003c\/strong\u003e. Before riding, check that the light is mounted securely, operates correctly and is aimed to provide useful illumination without obstructing the rider's controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront LED light\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible Veehop scooters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose-built Veehop accessory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds forward illumination in lower-light conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds a visible light source at the front of the scooter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct code \u003cstrong\u003e1052004\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Around Everyday Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLED Light for Veehop Scooters adds practical function to compatible mobility equipment without making the main aid more complicated to use. Before ordering, confirm the exact model or attachment points required and think about how the accessory will affect folding, transfers, storage and access to controls. An accessory that stays securely positioned is easier to rely on during regular outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the product according to its instructions and check attachment points before each journey. Keep carried items within the stated limits and distribute weight so steering and stability are not affected. If the mobility aid is frequently loaded into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is this light designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a front LED light accessory for a compatible Veehop scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat benefit does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds forward illumination and another visible light source at the front of the Veehop in lower-light conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it designed for other scooter brands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal compatibility should be assumed. It is sold as a Veehop-specific accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is 1052004.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the light be checked before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm that it is secure, operating correctly and aimed appropriately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the light replace good low-light riding judgement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Visibility accessories support safer riding but do not remove the need to choose appropriate conditions, route and speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Veehop LED Light available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront LED light accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Veehop scooters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1052004\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Veehop","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41789926670411,"sku":"EVEAST-VEEHOPLED","price":99.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessory_Head_Light_1_2048x_027d74cf-2f89-4410-8413-642bfb11f1b1.webp?v=1759050680"},{"product_id":"golf-bag-rack-for-kaaspeed-k1s","title":"Golf Bag Rack for KaaSpeed K1S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGolf Bag Rack for the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGolf Bag Rack for KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e is the purpose-built golf-carrying accessory for the K1S self-balancing scooter. It provides a dedicated mounting solution for a golf bag and clubs, with a published \u003cstrong\u003e20 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003emini cooler box included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompared with adapting a universal rack, the K1S-specific design is intended around the scooter platform and the shape of normal golf equipment. It is the accessory to choose when golf is the main carrying requirement rather than general cargo or small personal-item storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Around Golf Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rack is built to support a golf bag behind the K1S while keeping the rider's standing platform and normal controls available. The 20 kg limit applies to the complete load on the rack, including the bag, clubs and anything else carried with them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any rear-mounted load, correct securing matters. The bag should be stable, nothing should be able to move toward the wheels, and the added weight should be considered when accelerating, braking and turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGolf Bag Rack, Cargo Rack or Front Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eGolf Bag Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a dedicated golf setup and the published 20 kg capacity. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/kaaspeed-k1s-cargo-rack\"\u003eCargo Rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e for more general open-platform carrying, or the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/front-bag-for-kaaspeed-k1s\"\u003eFront Bag\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e for smaller everyday belongings such as a phone, keys or gloves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included mini cooler is another useful distinction for golfers wanting drinks or refreshments close by during a round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoad and Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rack capacity is not a licence to ignore the scooter's overall operating limits. The rider, rack load and any other accessories all contribute to the way the K1S handles. Start conservatively after fitting and loading the rack, particularly on slopes or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned specifically for the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 kg maximum rack load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini cooler box included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose-built for carrying a golf bag and clubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel-specific accessory rather than a universal carrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated alternative to the K1S Cargo Rack and Front Bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load of the golf bag rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum rack load is 20 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the rack include a cooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A mini cooler box is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rack designed for other scooters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit should be assumed. This accessory is designed for the KaaSpeed K1S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the 20 kg limit include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt includes the entire load placed on the rack, such as the golf bag, clubs and any accessories stored with them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the K1S Cargo Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Golf Bag Rack is shaped specifically for golf equipment and has a published 20 kg load. The Cargo Rack is a more general open carrying platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Front Bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Front Bag is compact storage for small personal items. The Golf Bag Rack is a much larger dedicated carrier for a golf bag and clubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the 20 kg rating mean any 20 kg object can be carried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rack is designed around golf equipment, and the load still needs to be securely positioned without compromising scooter balance or rider control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan adding a golf bag change the way the K1S handles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rear-mounted weight changes the scooter's weight distribution, so accelerate, brake and turn conservatively until familiar with the loaded setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rack be checked before each ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm the rack, bag and cooler are secure and that nothing can move into the wheels or controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave loose items in the cooler or golf bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContents should be secured so they cannot fall out, shift excessively or interfere with the scooter while riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a universal golf accessory?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a KaaSpeed K1S-specific accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the KaaSpeed K1S Golf Bag Rack available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGolf bag rack accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum rack load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded accessory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini cooler box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrying a golf bag and clubs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"KaaSpeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41789936238667,"sku":"EVEAST-K1SGOLF","price":295.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/GOLF_BAG.288_2048x_2e775951-a8db-40de-bdb5-5ea56771d0a0.webp?v=1759051077"},{"product_id":"kaaspeed-k1s-cargo-rack","title":"KaaSpeed K1S Cargo Rack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKaaSpeed K1S Cargo Rack\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKaaSpeed K1S Cargo Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e is the general-purpose open carrying platform in the K1S accessory range. It provides more usable cargo space than the compact \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/front-bag-for-kaaspeed-k1s\"\u003eFront Bag\u003c\/a\u003e while keeping the scooter free from the golf-specific shape of the dedicated \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/golf-bag-rack-for-kaaspeed-k1s\"\u003eGolf Bag Rack\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for sensible everyday items such as a small bag, light gear or other cargo that can be restrained securely. Keep the load low and centred, and stay within the K1S's overall operating limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOpen Storage for General Everyday Gear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cargo Rack is the most flexible K1S carrying option when the load does not need an enclosed bag or a purpose-built golf mount. Its open platform can accommodate differently shaped items provided they fit securely and do not interfere with the rider or scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause an open rack does not contain its load by itself, suitable restraint is important. Nothing should be able to slide, bounce or fall toward the wheels while the K1S is moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFront Bag, Cargo Rack or Golf Bag Rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCargo Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a larger open platform for general gear. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eFront Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e for smaller enclosed personal items such as a phone, keys or gloves. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eGolf Bag Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main purpose is carrying golf equipment; that rack has a published 20 kg maximum load and includes a mini cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoading and Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny additional load can change the K1S's balance, steering and braking feel. Keep cargo low, centred and securely restrained, and start conservatively after adding a load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rider, rack, cargo and other accessories all contribute to the K1S's overall loading, so the scooter's operating limits still need to be respected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen cargo platform\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable light gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific fit\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than a universal scooter rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore carrying space than the small Front Bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral-purpose alternative to the golf-specific rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the KaaSpeed K1S Cargo Rack for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds a dedicated open platform for carrying suitable light gear and personal items on the K1S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the rack for sensible light cargo, secure the load carefully and stay within the K1S's overall operating limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a universal scooter cargo rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for the KaaSpeed K1S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the KaaSpeed Front Bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Front Bag is enclosed storage for smaller personal items, while the Cargo Rack provides a larger open carrying platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the KaaSpeed Golf Bag Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Golf Bag Rack is shaped specifically for golf equipment and has a published 20 kg maximum load. The Cargo Rack is the more general-purpose platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should cargo be positioned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the load low, balanced and securely restrained so it cannot shift, fall into the wheels or interfere with the rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a larger load affect handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Additional weight can alter balance, steering and braking. Ride conservatively and avoid overloading the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rack be checked before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm the rack and cargo are secure and that nothing obstructs the controls, wheels or rider movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan loose items be carried on the open platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Loose items can move or fall from an open rack and should be placed in a suitable bag or restrained securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Cargo Rack be used instead of the Golf Bag Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is better suited to general gear. If your main load is a golf bag, the dedicated Golf Bag Rack is designed specifically for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the KaaSpeed K1S Cargo Rack available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen cargo rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral light cargo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnclosed storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"KaaSpeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41789936533579,"sku":"EVEAST-K1SCARGO","price":199.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/cargorack1_1512x_ec8e70ef-a072-4e89-8848-cfa7a573be63.webp?v=1759051812"},{"product_id":"front-bag-for-kaaspeed-k1s","title":"Front Bag for KaaSpeed K1S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFront Storage Bag for the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFront Bag for KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact, model-specific storage accessory for the KaaSpeed K1S. It mounts at the front of the scooter so smaller personal items can stay close at hand without taking up the space needed for a larger cargo or golf setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best suited to lightweight everyday items such as keys, a phone, gloves or other small essentials. Load it sensibly and keep items that must stay dry in a suitable protective pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmall, Convenient Storage Close to the Rider\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA front-mounted bag can be useful when the items you want during a ride are too small to justify fitting a larger rack. Keeping those belongings in a dedicated bag also helps avoid loose items sitting on the platform or in pockets where they may be awkward to reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any accessory fitted near the front of a scooter, the bag should be loaded sensibly and checked before riding. Nothing should obstruct steering movement, controls or the rider's normal position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFront Bag, Cargo Rack or Golf Bag Rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eFront Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e when you mainly need compact enclosed storage for personal items. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eKaaSpeed \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/kaaspeed-k1s-cargo-rack\"\u003eCargo Rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need a larger open carrying platform for general gear, or the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/golf-bag-rack-for-kaaspeed-k1s\"\u003eGolf Bag Rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main purpose is transporting golf equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front bag is the simplest carrying option of the three and is the best fit when convenience matters more than maximum carrying capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Specifically for the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a KaaSpeed K1S accessory rather than a generic scooter bag. Using a model-specific accessory reduces the uncertainty around attachment and positioning that can come with adapting universal storage products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore each ride, make sure the bag is fitted securely, closed appropriately and loaded so that its contents cannot shift into the controls or interfere with rider movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront-mounted storage\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps smaller items within easy reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than a universal scooter bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for sensible lightweight personal belongings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact alternative to the larger Cargo Rack or Golf Bag Rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Front Bag designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides convenient on-scooter storage for smaller personal items on a KaaSpeed K1S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a universal scooter bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is intended specifically for the KaaSpeed K1S platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sort of items is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used for lightweight personal items such as keys, a phone, gloves and similar small belongings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the K1S Cargo Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Front Bag is compact enclosed storage for smaller items. The Cargo Rack is a larger open platform intended for bulkier general gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Golf Bag Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Golf Bag Rack is purpose-built for golf equipment and has a published 20 kg maximum load. The Front Bag is a much smaller everyday storage option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the bag be checked before riding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Make sure it is attached securely, closed properly and positioned so it cannot obstruct the scooter controls or normal rider movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan heavy or sharp items be carried in it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid heavy, sharp or poorly secured items. The bag is intended for sensible lightweight storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes fitting the bag affect the K1S performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag itself is a storage accessory, but any added load contributes to the total weight carried by the scooter. Keep loads modest and within the K1S's overall operating limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bag replace a cargo rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot if you need to carry larger or bulkier gear. The front bag is intended for smaller personal items rather than general cargo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the KaaSpeed K1S Front Bag available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront storage bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront of scooter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight personal-item storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"KaaSpeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41789937745995,"sku":"EVEAST-K1SBAG","price":39.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/3_c5d7791a-4667-4132-b5c4-e9458e0b58a6.webp?v=1759052235"},{"product_id":"hitch-rack-for-kaaspeed-k1s","title":"Hitch Rack for KaaSpeed K1S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKaaSpeed K1S Hitch Rack Accessory\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHitch Rack for KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a specialised transport accessory designed around the K1S platform. It carries the K1S at the rear of a suitable vehicle, serving a different purpose from the scooter-mounted \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/front-bag-for-kaaspeed-k1s\"\u003eFront Bag\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/kaaspeed-k1s-cargo-rack\"\u003eCargo Rack\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/golf-bag-rack-for-kaaspeed-k1s\"\u003eGolf Bag Rack\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause vehicle fitment, towbar or hitch arrangements and legal loading limits vary, compatibility should be confirmed before purchase. The complete setup must suit the vehicle, fitted towing equipment and applicable tongue-load limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Transporting the K1S\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Hitch Rack is intended to provide a purpose-built way of carrying a KaaSpeed K1S behind a suitable vehicle rather than placing the scooter inside the vehicle. That can be useful given the K1S's size and approximately 45 kg net weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rack and scooter need to be mounted and secured correctly, and the complete vehicle setup must remain within the applicable towbar, hitch, tongue-load and vehicle limits. Those limits belong to the vehicle and fitted towing equipment, not just the rack itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHitch Rack vs K1S Storage Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFront Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eCargo Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eGolf Bag Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e are accessories fitted to the K1S for carrying items while riding. The Hitch Rack serves a different purpose: it is associated with transporting the K1S itself behind a suitable vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure which accessory you need, think first about whether you want to carry belongings \u003cem\u003eon\u003c\/em\u003e the scooter or carry the \u003cem\u003escooter\u003c\/em\u003e on a vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConfirm Vehicle Compatibility Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart recommends confirming your intended vehicle, hitch or towbar arrangement and K1S setup before ordering. Vehicle and towing-equipment specifications vary, so fitment should be assessed for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter fitting, check all attachment and retention points before travel and again during longer journeys. Do not use the rack if any part is loose, damaged or incompatible with the vehicle setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned around the KaaSpeed K1S\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecialised rear-vehicle transport accessory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose-built alternative to placing the K1S inside a vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent function from K1S rider-storage racks and bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle, hitch\/towbar and tongue-load compatibility must be confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/EaZXbHw4exo?si=jia72_MfOGiybp91\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the KaaSpeed K1S Hitch Rack for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a specialised accessory associated with carrying a KaaSpeed K1S behind a suitable vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the K1S Cargo Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Cargo Rack is fitted to the scooter for carrying gear while riding. The Hitch Rack is for vehicle transport of the K1S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Hitch Rack universal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal vehicle fit should be assumed. The vehicle, hitch or towbar and complete installation need to be compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete setup must comply with the vehicle, hitch or towbar and tongue-load limits. Confirm those limits before purchase and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the K1S weight matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The K1S itself weighs approximately 45 kg, so the vehicle's hitch\/towbar and tongue-load limits need to be suitable for the complete mounted setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted to any towbar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Towbars and hitch systems vary, so compatibility should be confirmed rather than assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Golf Bag Rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Golf Bag Rack carries golf equipment on the K1S while riding. The Hitch Rack is intended for transporting the K1S itself behind a vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould fitment be confirmed before ordering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This is especially important because vehicle and towing-equipment specifications vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rack be checked before every trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Check all mounting and retention points and make sure the K1S is secured correctly before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a damaged or loose rack be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Do not travel with a rack or mounting system that is loose, damaged or not correctly matched to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart help check the intended setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Contact MoveSmart with details of your vehicle and intended installation so the setup can be discussed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the KaaSpeed K1S Hitch Rack available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK1S vehicle transport rack accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKaaSpeed K1S; vehicle\/hitch compatibility must also be confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eK1S net weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUniversal vehicle fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePre-purchase fitment check\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"KaaSpeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41789940301899,"sku":null,"price":269.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Screenshot_2025-05-13_170638_2048x_0b11d787-51eb-45ce-a0e6-21b09a8efcfa.webp?v=1759052503"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-quantum-outback-4x4-powerchair","title":"Pride Mobility Quantum Outback 4X4 Powerchair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTrue 4-Motor Drive for Rugged Outdoor Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Outback® 4×4 Powerchair\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for users who need powered mobility beyond smooth indoor floors and sealed footpaths. Four independent drive motors, automotive-grade Smooth Ride Suspension (SRS) and \u003cstrong\u003e14-inch knobby pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e provide traction, ground clearance and ride stability across gravel, grass, rural properties and other suitable uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e159 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e25.75 km at a 136 kg user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e27.4 km at 99.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. A \u003cstrong\u003e10.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the motors helps it negotiate surface transitions that would be difficult for a conventional indoor-focused powerchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAutomotive-grade SRS suspension works with the four-motor independent-drive system to maintain control on challenging surfaces. LED lighting supports visibility, while the standard centre-mount footboard can be replaced with optional swing-away leg rests when a different lower-limb setup is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePride Outback 4×4 – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-motor independent drive\u003c\/strong\u003e for true all-wheel traction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive-grade Smooth Ride Suspension (SRS)\u003c\/strong\u003e for uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14-inch knobby pneumatic drive tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e for off-road grip and cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e159 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 25.75 km range at 136 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e or 27.4 km at 99.8 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120A Q-Logic 3e electronics\u003c\/strong\u003e with specialty-control compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting package\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentre-mount footboard\u003c\/strong\u003e as standard with optional swing-away leg rests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ Captain Back and Flex seating options\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e95Ah battery system\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Outback 4×4?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 is designed for users whose mobility needs regularly include rougher outdoor environments. Its independent four-motor drivetrain, SRS suspension, high ground clearance and knobby pneumatic tyres provide substantially more terrain capability than a conventional indoor-outdoor powerchair while retaining powered seating and control options for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/US_AU_Quantum-Outback_om_RevA_Jun24_5430.pdf?v=1762656323\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Pride Quantum Outback 4X4 Powerchair User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Quantum Outback 4X4 Power Chair User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/vd7FiNclEGg?si=lET-H2vxPKRC9Jql\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Outback 4×4 different from a standard powerchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses four independent drive motors, automotive-grade SRS suspension, high ground clearance and 14-inch knobby pneumatic tyres for significantly greater outdoor terrain capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat terrain is the Outback 4×4 designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for outdoor environments such as gravel paths, grass, rural properties, bush tracks and other suitable uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can the Outback 4×4 travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 25.75 km at a 136 kg user weight and up to 27.4 km at 99.8 kg. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 125 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 10.7 cm at the motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the four-motor drive system work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach drive wheel is powered independently, providing all-wheel traction and improved control over uneven or low-grip outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does SRS suspension do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmooth Ride Suspension is an automotive-grade suspension system designed to absorb terrain changes and maintain a more controlled ride over uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 uses 14-inch knobby pneumatic drive tyres for traction and cushioning on rougher terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An LED lighting package is included for improved visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat foot support comes standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA centre-mount footboard is standard. Swing-away leg rests are available as an optional alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chair uses two 12V 95Ah batteries with an off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat seating options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard high-back seat is approximately 46.5 x 46.5 cm, with Q Captain Back and Flex specialty seating options available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 is available in Sage and Tan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this power chair available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to trial a power chair before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Outback® 4×4 Powerchair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 25.75 km at 136 kg; up to 27.4 km at 99.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106.7 cm long x 73.2 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.7 cm at motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeaviest piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5 cm wide x 46.5 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard seat weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat-to-floor range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52–55.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectronics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120A Q-Logic 3e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecialty controls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrivetrain\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-motor independent drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBraking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerative and electro-mechanical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomotive-grade Smooth Ride Suspension (SRS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14-inch knobby pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 95Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 8A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.6 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSage and Tan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum recommended incline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.1% (8°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Sage","offer_id":41885103358027,"sku":"PRIDE-OUTBACK4X4S","price":17999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tan","offer_id":41885103390795,"sku":"PRIDE-OUTBACK4X4T","price":17999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/outback-product2-png_d7d0e5a8.png?v=1762656251"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-sport-rider-mobility-scooter","title":"Pride Mobility Sport Rider Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMotorcycle-Inspired 3-Wheel Scooter for Long-Distance Outdoor Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Sport Rider\u003c\/strong\u003e is a full-size three-wheel mobility scooter combining motorcycle-inspired styling with strong outdoor performance. Large \u003cstrong\u003e19-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, front and rear suspension and an adjustable captain’s high-back seat provide a stable, comfortable platform for extended community travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e181 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e35 km per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its three-wheel layout delivers a \u003cstrong\u003e158 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e, while \u003cstrong\u003e12.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e supports travel over suitable uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA digital speedometer and odometer help track speed and distance, while a battery volt gauge provides battery information at a glance. Powerful front and rear lighting improves visibility, and the large lockable rear storage pod keeps personal items secure during longer journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePride Sport Rider – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-wheel motorcycle-inspired design\u003c\/strong\u003e for distinctive styling and manoeuvrability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 35 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e181 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e158 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the shroud.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19-inch pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e front and rear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront and rear suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother outdoor travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable captain’s high-back seat\u003c\/strong\u003e measuring approximately 51 x 56 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital speedometer and odometer\u003c\/strong\u003e for speed and distance tracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery volt gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e for battery monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful front and rear lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge lockable rear storage pod\u003c\/strong\u003e for secure storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 70Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Sportrider-Owners-Manual-1.pdf?v=1762657467\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Pride Mobility Sport Rider Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Mobility Sport Rider Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Sport Rider?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider is designed for users who want long-distance outdoor capability with a distinctive steering and seating experience. Its three-wheel layout, large pneumatic tyres, full suspension, 181 kg user capacity and 35 km range make it a substantial community mobility scooter for regular outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/le62h4244GI?si=M6IoJzpwyeRcdtCp\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider supports users up to 181 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 35 km per charge. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Sport Rider a three-wheel or four-wheel scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a three-wheel mobility scooter with motorcycle-inspired styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 158 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 12.7 cm at the shroud.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider uses suspension at both the front and rear for improved comfort on varied outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses large 19-inch pneumatic tyres at the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the standard seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable captain’s high-back seat measures approximately 51 cm wide by 56 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat information does the digital display provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe controls include a digital speedometer and odometer for speed and distance, along with a battery volt gauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include lighting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Powerful front and rear lighting is included for improved visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A large lockable storage pod is fitted at the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does the Sport Rider use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses two 70Ah batteries with an off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is it suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider is designed for outdoor community travel and performs well on sealed paths, boardwalks and many gravel, grass and uneven-pavement surfaces when conditions are suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Sport Rider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 cm long x 78 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 cm at shroud\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 kg excluding batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaptain’s adjustable high-back seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm wide x 56 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront tyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19-inch pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear tyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19-inch pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 70Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 8A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum recommended incline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.6% (10°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years structural frame and drivetrain; 1 year electronics; 6 months batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41885105291339,"sku":"PRIDE-SPORTRIDER","price":8899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/pridemobility-scooters-sportrider-logo-background-removed-large-jpeg_245ef34b.jpg?v=1762656726"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-go-go-e-compact-travel-scooter","title":"Pride Mobility Go-Go E Compact Travel Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePride Mobility Go-Go E Compact Travel Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Mobility Go-Go E\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact four-wheel mobility scooter designed for straightforward everyday use in shops, retirement villages, community spaces and other relatively smooth environments. Pride's current Australian specification lists a \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e6.4 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e and a stated driving range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e14.4 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Go-Go E uses solid 8-inch tyres, a compact 49 cm overall width and an easy-grip tiller adjustment. A large front basket and seat pocket provide practical storage. The 31 kg main frame is the heaviest piece and remains intact for transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 6.4 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated maximum range up to 14.4 km\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact four-wheel design\u003c\/strong\u003e with approximately 49 cm overall width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8-inch solid front and rear tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-grip tiller adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge tiller-mounted front basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat pocket for smaller personal items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo 12V 12Ah batteries with an off-board 2A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatte Black finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/GoGoe-Owners-Manual.pdf?v=1762680906\" title=\"Pride Go-Go E Scooter Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Mobility Go-Go E Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Scooter for Real-World Journeys\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePride Mobility Go-Go E Compact Travel Scooter should be considered in the context of the trips it will make most often. Think about typical distance, gradients, footpaths, kerbs, storage and access at home, as well as whether the scooter will need to be loaded into a vehicle. Published range figures are useful for comparison, but actual distance varies with user weight, terrain, temperature, tyre condition and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat position and control reach should allow a relaxed, secure driving posture with clear forward visibility. Before committing to a scooter, check the overall dimensions against gates, ramps and storage areas and arrange a trial where possible. A regular charging routine, tyre checks and scheduled servicing help keep the scooter dependable for day-to-day travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Go-Go E use Pride's feather-touch disassembly system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 31 kg main frame remains intact for transport rather than separating through Pride's feather-touch disassembly system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow fast does it travel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe listed maximum speed is 6.4 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePride lists a maximum range of up to 14.4 km. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres does the Go-Go E use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 8-inch solid tyres front and rear, helping avoid punctures during everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow heavy is the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePride lists the scooter at approximately 32.5 kg excluding the batteries. The main frame is approximately 31 kg and is identified as the heaviest piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated maximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 14.4 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm at transaxle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 41.9 cm wide × 33 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-inch solid front and rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight excluding batteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 32.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeaviest piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 31 kg main frame; main frame does not disassemble\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 12Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 2A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41885555261515,"sku":"PRIDE-GOGOE","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/GoGo-e-Side-1-1536x1418.png?v=1762680457"}],"url":"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/shop-mobility-scooters.oembed?page=5","provider":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}